Sharp CDMD-3000-W Service manual

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

SERVICE MANUAL

No. S0080CDMD300H

AUDIO TOWER SYSTEM

Illustration: CD-MD3000H

Illustration: CD-MD3000W

MODEL

CD-MD3000H Audio Tower System consisting of CD-MD3000H (main
unit) and CP-RW5000H (speaker system).

MODEL

CD-MD3000W Audio Tower System consisting of CD-MD3000W
(main unit) and CP-RW5000W (speaker system).

• In the interests of user-safety the set should be restored to its original
condition and only parts identical to those specified should be used.

• Note for users in U.K.

Recording and playback of any material may require consent
which SHARP is unable to give. Please refer particularly to the
provisions of Copyright Act 1956, the Dramatic and Musical
Prefomers Protection Act 1956, the Preformers Protection Acts
1963 and 1972 and to any subsequent statutory enactments and
orders.

CD-MD3000H

AUDIO TOWER SYSTEM

CD-MD3000W

CONTENTS

SAFETY PRECAUTION OF MD SECTION FOR SERVICE MANUAL..............................................................................2

SAFETY PRECAUTION OF CD SECTION FOR SERVICE MANUAL (FOR CD-MD3000H) ...........................................3

IMPORTANT SERVICE NOTES (CD-MD3000H FOR U.K. ONLY) .................................................................................. 3

SAFETY PRECAUTION OF CD SECTION FOR SERVICE MANUAL (FOR CD-MD3000W)............................................4

VOLTAGE SELECTION (FOR CD-MD3000W ONLY) .......................................................................................................4

SPECIFICATIONS ............................................................................................................................................................. 5

NAMES OF PARTS ........................................................................................................................................................... 6

OPERATION MANUAL ...................................................................................................................................................... 9

DISASSEMBLY................................................................................................................................................................ 16

REMOVING AND REINSTALLING THE MAIN PARTS................................................................................................... 20

CD CHANGER MECHANISM MAIN BASE PARTS ASSEMBLING/ADJUSTING PROCEDURE................................... 23

ADJUSTMENT ................................................................................................................................................................. 30

TEST MODE .................................................................................................................................................................... 32

EEPROM WRITING PROCEDURE ................................................................................................................................. 43

ERROR MESSAGE LIST................................................................................................................................................. 44

NOTES ON SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM .............................................................................................................................. 46

BLOCK DIAGRAM ........................................................................................................................................................... 47

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM .................................................................................................................................................. 54

WIRING SIDE OF P.W.BOARD....................................................................................................................................... 70

TYPES OF TRANSISTOR AND LED............................................................................................................................... 84

VOLTAGE ........................................................................................................................................................................ 84

WAVEFORMS OF CD CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................................... 85

WAVEFORMS OF MD CIRCUIT ..................................................................................................................................... 86

TROUBLESHOOTING ..................................................................................................................................................... 88

FUNCTION TABLE OF IC................................................................................................................................................ 94

WIRING OF PRIMARILY SUPPLY LEADS (CD-MD3000H FOR U.K. ONLY) ...............................................................109

LCD DISPLAY.................................................................................................................................................................110

PARTS GUIDE/EXPLODED VIEW/ PACKING METHOD (CD-MD3000H FOR U.K. ONLY)

Page

SHARP CORPORATION

This document has been published to be used
for after sales service only.
The contents are subject to change without notice.

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

SAFETY PRECAUTION OF MD SECTION FOR SERVICE MANUAL

WARNINGS

The AEL (ACCESSIBLE EMISSION LEVEL) of the laser power output is less than class 1 but the laser component is capable of emitting
radiation exceeding the limit for class 1. Therefore it is important that the following precautions are observer during servicing to protect your
eyes against exposure to the laser beam.

1) When the unit case cover is removed and LOADING SW (SW 1956) is turned on and then PLAY SW (SW 1954 mechanism PWB) is turned
on in a few second.

The laser will light for several second to detect a disk.

2) The laser power output of the pickup unit and replacement service parts are all factory pre-set before shipment.

Do not attempt to re-adjust the laser pickup unit during replacement or servicing.

3) Under no circumstances stare into the pickup lens at any time.

4) If laser optical unit becomes faulty, replace the complete laser optical unit.

5) CAUTION-USE of controls or adjustments, or performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous
radiation exposure.

CAUTION - INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION WHEN OPEN AND INTERLOCKS DEFEATED
AVOID EXPOSURE TO BEAM .

VARNING - OSYNLIG LASERSTR LNING N R DENNA DEL R …PPNAD OCH SP RRAR
R URKOPPLADE. STR LEN R FARLIG.

ADVARSEL - USYNLIG LASERSTR LING N R DEKSEL PNES OG SIKKERHEDSL S
BRYTES. UNNG EKSPONERING FOR STR LEN.

VARO! AVATTAESSA JA SUOJALUKITUS OHITETTAESSA OLET ALTTIINA
N KYM T…N LASERS TEILYLLE. L KATSO S TEESEN.

VARNING - OSYNLIG LASERSTR LING N R DENNA DEL R …PPNAD OCH SP RREN
R URKOPPLAD. BETRAKTA EJ STR LEN.

ADVARSEL - USYNLIG LASERSTR LING VED BNING N R SIKKERHEDSAFBRYDERE
ER UDE AF FUNKTION. UNDG UDSETTELSE FOR STR LING.

VAROITUS! LAITTEEN KÄYTTÄMINEN MUULLA KUIN TÄSSÄ KÄYTTÖOHJEESSA MAI

Laser Diode Properties

● Material: GaAlAs

● Wavelength: 785 nm

● Pulse time:

NITULLA TAVALLA SAATTAA ALTISTAA KÄYTTÄJÄN TURVALLISUUSLUOKAN 1
YLITTÄVÄLLE NÄKYMÄTTÖMÄLLE LASERSÄTEILYLLE.

VARNING - OM APPARATEN ANVÄNDS PÅ ANNAT SÄTT ÄN I DENNA BRUKSANVISNI
NG SPECIFICERAS. KAN ANVÄNDAREN UTSÄTT AS FÖR OSYNLIG LASERSTRÅLNING,
SOM ÖVERSKRIDER GRÄNSEN FÖR LASERKLASS 1.

Read mode: 0.8 mW Continuous
Write mode: max 10 mW 0.5S

min cycle 1.5S
Repetition

VARO ! Avattaessa ja suojalukitus ohitettaessa olet alttiina näkymättömälle lasersäteilylle. Älä katso säteeseen.
VARNING! Osynlig laserstralning när denna del är öppnad och spärren är urkopplad. Betrakta ej strälen.

Precaution to be taken when replacing and servicing the laser pickup.
The following precautions must be observed during servicing to protect your eyesvagainst exposure to the laser.
Warning of possible eye damage when repairing:
If the AC power plug is connected when the inner cover of the unit is removed, the laser will light up during focus access (about
1 second) (Fig. 2-1).
During this operation, the laser will leak from the opening between the magnetic head and cartridge holder (Fig. 2-2).
In order to protect your eyes, you must not look at the laser during repair.
Before repairing, be sure to disconnect the AC power plug.

Magnetic Head

Optical Pickup

Magnetic Head

Optical PickupSpindle Motor

Figure 2-1 Figure 2-2

– 2 –

Laser Beam

Cartridge Holder

Mechanism
Chassis

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

CHASSIS SCREW

SAFETY PRECAUTION OF CD SECTION FOR SERVICE MANUAL (FOR CD-MD3000H)

WARNINGS

Precaution to be taken when replacing and servicing the Laser Pickup.

The AEL (Accessible Emission Level) of Laser Power Output for this model is specified to be lower than Class 1 Requirements.
However, the following precautions must be observed during servicing to protect your eyes against exposure to the Laser
beam.
(1) When the cabinet has been removed, the power is turned on without a compact disc, and the Pickup is on a position outer

than the lead-in position, the Laser will light for several seconds to detect a disc. Do not look into the Pickup Lens.

(2) The Laser Power Output of the Pickup inside the unit and replacement service parts have already been adjusted prior to

shipping.
(3) No adjustment to the Laser Power should be attempted when replacing or servicing the Pickup.
(4) Under no circumstances look directly into the Pickup Lens at any time.
(5) CAUTION - Use of controls or adjustments, or performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in

hazardous radiation exposure.

CAUTION-INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION WHEN OPEN. DO NOT STARE INTO
BEAM OR VIEW DIRECTLY WITH OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS.

VARNING-OSYNLIG LASERSTRALNING NAR DENNA DEL AR OPPNAD. STIRRA
EJ IN I STRALEN OCH BETRAKTA EJ STRALEN MED OPTISKA INSTRUMENT.

ADVERSEL-USYNLIG LASERSTRALING VED ABNING. SE IKKE IND I
STRALEN-HELLER IKKE MED OPTISKE INSTRUMENTER.

VARO! AVATTAESSA OLET ALTTIINA NAKYMATON LASERSATEILYLLE.
ALA TUIJOTA SATEESEEN ALAKA KATSO SITA OPTISEN LAITTEEN LAPI.

VARNING-OSYNLIG LASERSTRALNING NAR DENNA DEL AR OPPNAD.
STIRRA EJ IN I STRALEN OCH BETRAKTA EJ STRALEN GENOM OPTISKT
INSTRUMENT.

ADVERSEL-USYNLIG LASERSTRALING NAR DEKSEL APNES. STIRR IKKE
INN I STRALEN ELLER SE DIREKTE MED OPTISKE INSTRUMENTER.

VAROITUS! LAITTEEN KÄYTTÄMINEN MUULLA KUIN TÄSSÄ
KÄYTTÖOHJEESSA MAINITULLA TAVALLA SAATTAA ALTISTAA
KÄYTTÄJÄN TURVALLISUUSLUOKAN 1
LASERSÄTEILYLLE.

VARNING - OM APPARATEN ANVÄNDS PÅ ANNAT SÄTT ÄN I DENNA
BRUKSANVISNING SPECIFICERAS. KAN ANVÄNDAREN UTSÄTTAS FÖR
OSYNLIG LASERSTRÅLNING, SOM ÖVERSKRIDER GRÄNSEN FÖR
LASERKLASS 1.

YLITTÄVÄLLE NÄKYMÄTTÖMÄLLE

Laser Diode Properties

IMPORTANT SERVICE NOTES (CD-MD3000H FOR U.K. ONLY)

Before returning the unit to the customer after completion of a
repair or adjustment it is necessary for the following withstand
voltage test to be applied to ensure the unit is safe for the
customer to use.
Setting of Withstanding Voltage Tester and set.

Set name set value
Withstanding Voltage Tester
Test voltage 4,240 VPEAK

3,000 VRMS
Set time 6 secs
Set current (Cutoff current) 4 mA
Unit
Judgment
OK: The “GOOD” lamp lights.

NG: The “NG” lamp lights and the buzzer sounds.

Material: GaAIAs
Wavelength: 780 nm
Emission Duration: continuous
Laser Output: max. 0.6 mW

WITHSTANDING

VOLTAGE TESTER

AC

OUT

SHORT-CIRCUIT
AC POWER
SUPPLY CORD

(For U.K.)

(Except for U.K.)

PROBE

UNIT

CONNECT THE PROBE
TO GND OF CHASSIS
SCREW

– 3 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

SAFETY PRECAUTION OF CD SECTION FOR SERVICE MANUAL (FOR CD-MD3000W)

WARNINGS

Precaution to be taken when replacing and servicing the Laser Pickup.

The AEL (Accessible Emission Level) of Laser Power Output for this model is specified to be lower than Class 1 Requirements.
However, the following precautions must be observed during servicing to protect your eyes against exposure to the Laser
beam.
(1) When the cabinet has been removed, the power is turned on without a compact disc, and the Pickup is on a position outer

than the lead-in position, the Laser will light for several seconds to detect a disc. Do not look into the Pickup Lens.

(2) The Laser Power Output of the Pickup inside the unit and replacement service parts have already been adjusted prior to

shipping.
(3) No adjustment to the Laser Power should be attempted when replacing or servicing the Pickup.
(4) Under no circumstances look directly into the Pickup Lens at any time.
(5) CAUTION - Use of controls or adjustments, or performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in

hazardous radiation exposure.

CAUTION Laser Diode Properties

This Audio Tower System is classified as a CLASS 1 LA­SER product.

The CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT label is located on the
rear cover.

Use of controls, adjustments or performance of pro ce­dures other than those spec ified herei n may result in haz­ardous radiation exposure.

As the laser beam used in this compact disc player is
harmful to the eyes, do not attempt to disassemble the
cabinet. Refer servicing to qualified personnel only.

Material: Ga AIAs
Wavelength: 780 n m
Emission Duration: continuous
Laser Output: max. 0.6 mW

CAUTION-INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION WHEN OPEN. DO NOT STARE INTO
BEAM OR VIEW DIRECTLY WITH OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS.

VARNING-OSYNLIG LASERSTRALNING NAR DENNA DEL AR OPPNAD. STIRRA
EJ IN I STRALEN OCH BETRAKTA EJ STRALEN MED OPTISKA INSTRUMENT.

ADVERSEL-USYNLIG LASERSTRALING VED ABNING. SE IKKE IND I
STRALEN-HELLER IKKE MED OPTISKE INSTRUMENTER.

VARO! AVATTAESSA OLET ALTTIINA NAKYMATON LASERSATEILYLLE.
ALA TUIJOTA SATEESEEN ALAKA KATSO SITA OPTISEN LAITTEEN LAPI.

VARNING-OSYNLIG LASERSTRALNING NAR DENNA DEL AR OPPNAD.
STIRRA EJ IN I STRALEN OCH BETRAKTA EJ STRALEN GENOM OPTISKT
INSTRUMENT.

ADVERSEL-USYNLIG LASERSTRALING NAR DEKSEL APNES. STIRR IKKE
INN I STRALEN ELLER SE DIREKTE MED OPTISKE INSTRUMENTER.

VOLTAGE SELECTION (FOR CD-MD3000W ONLY)

Before operating the unit on mains, check the preset voltage. If the voltage is different from your local voltage, adjust the voltage
as follows, Turn the selector with a screwdriver until the appropriate voltage number appears in the window (110 V, 127 V,
220 V or 230 V - 240 V AC).

QACCA0003AW00

QACCB0009AW00

QACCE0008AW00

Figure 4 AC POWER SUPPLY CORD AND PLUG ADAPTOR

QACCL0005AW00

QPLGA0004AWZZQPLGA0003AWZZ

– 4 –

FOR A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF THE OPERATION OF THIS UNIT, PLEASE REFER
TO THE OPERATION MANUAL.

SPECIFICATIONS

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

■

General (CD-MD3000H)

Power source AC 230 V, 50 Hz
Power consumption Power on: 180 W

Dimensions Width: 200 mm (7-7/8")

Weight 10.3 kg (22.7 lbs.)

(*) This power consumption value is obtained when the demonstration mode is can-

celled in the power stand-by mode.

■

General (CD-MD3000W)

Power source AC 110/127/220/230 - 240 V, 50/60 Hz
Power consumption 180 W
Dimensions Width: 200 mm (7-7/8")

Weight 10.9 kg (24.0 lb s . )

■

Amplifier (CD-MD3000H for U.K.)

Output power RMS: 200 W (100 W + 100 W) (10 % T.H.D.)

Output terminals Speakers: 6 ohms

Input terminals Auxiliary: 500 mV/47 kohms

Amplifier (

■

Output power PMPO: 668 W

Output terminals Speakers: 6 ohms

Input terminals Auxiliary: 500 mV/47 kohms

Amplifier (

■

Output power MPO: 334 W (167 W + 167 W) (10 % T.H.D.)

Output terminals Speakers: 6 ohms

Input terminals Auxiliary: 500 mV/47 kohms

Power stand-by: 0.6 W (*)

Height: 352 mm (13-7/8")
Depth: 377 mm (14-7/8")

Height: 352 mm (13-7/8")
Depth: 377 mm (14-7/8")

Main speaker (woofer and tweeter); 80 W (40 W + 40 W)
Subwoofer; 120 W (60 W + 60 W)

RMS: 184 W (92 W + 92 W) (0.9 % T.H.D.)

Main speaker (woofer and tweeter); 74 W (37 W + 37 W)
Subwoofer; 110 W (55 W + 55 W)

Headphones: 16-50 ohms (recommended; 32 ohms)

Digital input (optical)

CD-MD3000H

MPO: 334 W (167 W + 167 W) (DIN 45 324)
Main speaker (woofer and tweeter) : 134 W (67 W + 67 W)
Subwoofer: 200 W (100 W + 100 W)
RMS: 200 W (100 W + 100 W) (DIN 45 324)
Main speaker (woofer and tweeter) : 80 W (40 W + 40 W)
Subwoofer: 120 W (60 W + 60 W)
RMS: 184 W (92 W + 92 W) (DIN 45 500)
Main speaker (woofer and tweeter) : 74 W (37 W + 37 W)
Subwoofer: 110 W (55 W + 55 W)

Headphones: 16 - 50 ohms (recommended: 32 ohms)

Digital input (optical)

CD-MD3000W

Main speaker (woofer and tweeter) : 134 W (67 W + 67 W)
Subwoofer: 200 W (100 W + 100 W)
RMS: 200 W (100 W + 100 W) (10 % T.H.D.)
Main speaker (woofer and tweeter) : 80 W (40 W + 40 W)
Subwoofer: 120 W (60 W + 60 W)
RMS: 184 W (92 W + 92 W) (0.9 % T.H.D.)
Main speaker (woofer and tweeter) : 74 W (37 W + 37 W)
Subwoofer: 110 W (55 W + 55 W)

Headphones: 16 - 50 ohms (recommended: 32 ohms)

Digital input (optical)

except for U.K.)

)

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

■

CD player

Type 6-disc multi-play compact disc changer player
Signal readout Non-contact, 3-beam semiconductor laser pickup
D/A converter
Frequency response 20 - 20,000 Hz
Dynamic range 90 dB (1 kHz)

■

MiniDisc

Type MiniDisc recorder
Signal readout Non-contact, 3-beam semiconductor laser pickup
Rotation speed 400 - 900 rpm CLV, Approx.
Error correction ACIRC (Advanced Cross Interleave Reed-Solomon

Quantization 20-bit linear (A/D converter)
Coding ATRAC (Adaptive Transform Acoustic Coding)
Sampling frequency 44.1 kHz
Recording method Magnetic modulation overwrite method
Frequency response 20 - 20,000 Hz
D/A converter 1-bit D/A converter
Wow and flutter Unmeasurable (less than 0.001% W. peak)
Signal/noise ratio 95 dB (1 kHz)
Dynamic range 90 dB (1 kHz)
Audio channel Stereo: 2 channels

■

Cassette deck

1-bit D/A converter

Code)

Monaural: 1 channel (playback only)

(long-time recording mode)

(CD-MD3000H for U.K./CD-MD3000W)

Frequency response 50 - 14,000 Hz (Normal tape)
Signal/noise ratio 50 dB (recording/playback)
Wow and flutter 0.3 % (WRMS)

■

Cassette deck (CD-MD3000H except for U.K.)

Frequency response 50 - 14,000 Hz (Normal tape)
Signal/noise ratio 50 dB (recording/playback)
Wow and flutter 0.3 % (DIN 45 511)

■

Tuner (CD-MD3000H for U.K.)

Frequency range FM: 87.50 -108.00 MHz

■

Tuner (CD-MD3000H except for U.K.)

Frequency range FM: 87.5 -108 MHz

■

Tuner (CD-MD3000W)

Frequency range FM: 88 -108 MHz

CP-RW5000H/CP-RW5000W

Type 3-way type speaker system

Maximum input power (Total)
Rated input power (Total) 100 W
Impedance 6 ohms
Dimensions Width: 210 mm (8-1/4")

Weight 5.1 kg (11.2 lbs.)/each

AM: 522 - 1,620 kHz

AM: 522 -1,620 kHz

AM: 531 -1,602 kHz

5 cm (2") Tweeter
13 cm (5-1/4") Woofer
13 cm (5-1/4") Subwoofer

200 W

Height: 392 mm (15-7/16")
Depth: 345 mm (13-9/16")

Specifications for this model are subject to change without
prior notice.

– 5 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

■ Front panel

01.

Cassette Compartment

02.

Volume Up/Demo Button

03.

Volume Down Button

04.

Timer Set Indicator

05.

On/Stand-by Button

06.

CD Direct Play Buttons (with Indicator)/
CD Eject Buttons

07.

Disc Trays

08.

Headphone Socket

09.

MD Eject Button

10.

MD Compartment

11.

Control Panel Open/Close Button

NAMES OF PARTS

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

9

10

11

■ Control panel

12.

CD/MD Play Mode Select Button

13.

Equalizer Mode Select Button

14.

Extra Bass Button

15.

Name/Toc Edit Button

16.

Delete Button

17.

Menu Button

18.

Display/Character Button

19.

Jog Dial

20.

Enter Button

21.

Tuner (Band) Button

22.

MD Track Edit Button

23.

CD Button

24.

MD Button

25.

CD MD One Touch Edit Button

26.

MD Auto Mark Select Button

27.

CD/MD Fast Reverse, Tape Fast Wind or
Tuning Down Button (with Indicator)

28.

Stop Button (with Indicator)

29.

Tape Reverse Play Button (with Indicator)

30.

Tape Button

31.

Auxiliary Button

32.

MD Record Button

33.

MD Record Mode Button

34.

MD Record Speed Select Button

35.

Tape Record Pause Button

36.

CD/MD Fast Forward, Tape Fast Wind or
Tuning Up Button (with Indicator)

37.

CD/MD Play or Pause, Tape Forward Play Button
(with Indicator)

8

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29

Illustration: CD-MD3000H

14

13

12

15

16

17

18

19

20

30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37

– 6 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

■ Multi-function LCD display

01.

CD Indicators

02.

Function Indicator

03.

Extra Bass Indicator

04.

Timer Play Indicator

05.

Sleep Indicator

06.

Timer Recording Indicator

07.

CD/MD Play Indicator

08.

CD/MD Repeat Indicator

09.

CD/MD Pause Indicator

10.

FM Stereo Indicator

11.

Tape Reverse Mode Indicator

12.

FM Stereo Mode Indicator

13.

Cassette Indicator

14.

Level Meter

15.

MD Indicator

16.

Digital Source Indicator

17.

Monaural Long-Play Mode Indicator

18.

Disc Name Indicator

19.

Auto Mark Indicator

20.

Memory Indicator

21.

Total Indicator

22.

Track Name Indicator

23.

Track Edit Indicator

24.

Random Play Indicator

25.

CD All Disc Play Indicator

26.

Remain Indicator

27.

Record Indicator

28.

RDS Indicator (CD-MD3000H Only)

29.

Radio Text Indicator (CD-MD3000H Only)

30.

Clock Time Indicator (CD-MD3000H Only)

31.

Dynamic PTY Indicator (CD-MD3000H Only)

32.

Traffic Programme Indicator (CD-MD3000H Only)

33.

TOC Indicator

34.

Synchronised Recording Indicator

35.

EON Indicator (CD-MD3000H Only)

36.

Traffic Information Indicator (CD-MD3000H Only)

37.

Programme Type Indicator (CD-MD3000H Only)

38.

Traffic Announcement Indicator (CD-MD3000H Only)

1

2
3

4
5
6

7
8
9

10
11
12

18
19
20
21

22
23
24
25
26

27
28
29
30
31
32

33
34
35
36
37
38

13 14 15 16 17

5

7

2
3
4

6

1

■ Rear panel (CD-MD3000W)

01.

FM/AM Loop Aerial Socket

02.

Span Selector Switch

03.

Auxiliary Input Sockets

04.

Digital Input Socket

05.

Speaker Terminals

06.

AC Voltage Selector

07.

AC Power Lead

Illustration: CD-MD3000H

■ Rear panel (CD-MD3000H)

01.

AM Loop Aerial Socket

02.

FM 75 Ohms Aerial Socket

03.

Auxiliary Input Sockets

04.

Digital Input Socket

05.

Speaker Terminals

06.

AC Power Lead

1

2

3

4

5

6

– 7 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

■ Remote control (CD-MD3000H)

01.

Remote Control Transmitter

02.

CD Button

03.

MD Button

04.

Tape Button

05.

CD Direct Play Buttons

06.

Clear Button

07.

Memory Button

08.

CD/MD Fast Reverse, Tape Fast Wind or
Preset Down Button

09.

Enter Button

10.

Stop Button

11.

Menu Button

12.

MD Record Button

13.

MD Record Mode Button

14.

Time Button

15.

FM Stereo Mode Button

16.

Control Panel Open/Close Button

17.

Tuner (Band) Button

18.

Auxiliary Button

19.

On/Stand-by Button

20.

RDS Programme Type/T

21.

RDS EON Button

22.

RDS ASPM (Auto Station Programme Memory) Button

23.

RDS Display Mode Selector Button

24.

CD/MD Play Mode Select Button

25.

CD/MD Fast Forward, Tape Fast Wind or
Preset Up Button

26.

CD/MD Play or Pause, Tape Play Button

27.

Tape Reverse Mode Select Button

28.

Tape Record Pause Button

29.

Dimmer Button

30.

Display Button

31.

Equalizer Mode Select Button

32.

Extra Bass Button

33.

Volume Up or Down Buttons

10
11
12
13
14
15
16

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33

■ Remote control (CD-MD3000W)

1.Remote Control Transmitter

2.CD Button

3.MD Button

4.Tape Button

5.CD Direct Play Buttons

6.Clear Button

7.Memory Button

8.CD/MD Fast Reverse, Tape Fast Wind or
Preset Down Button

9.Enter Button

10.Stop Button

11.MD Record Button

12.MD Record Mode Button

13.Control Panel Open/Close Button

14.Tuner (Band) Button

15.Auxiliary Button

16.On/Stand-by Button

17.Time Button

18.FM Stereo Mode Button

19.Display Button

20.Dimmer Button

21.CD/MD Play Mode Select Button

22.CD/MD Fast Forward, Tape Fast Wind or
Preset Up Button

23.CD/MD Play or Pause, Tape Play Button

24.Menu Button

25.Tape Record Pause Button

26.Tape Reverse Mode Select Button

27.Equalizer Mode Select Button

28.Extra Bass Button

29.Volu me Up or Down Butto ns

CP-RW5000H/CP-RW5000W

01.

Tweeter

02.

Woofer

03.

Bass Reflex Duct

4.

Subwoofer

5.

Subwoofer Terminals

6.

Main Speaker Terminals

10

11

12

13

1
2
3
4

14
15
16
17

18

5

19

6

7

8

20
21

22
23

9

24

25
26

27
28

29

1

4

– 8 –

2

5

3

6

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

OPERATION MANUAL

Using the Radio Data System (RDS) (CD-MD3000H Only)

RDS is a broadcasting service which a growing number of FM stations provide.
These FM stations send additional signals along with their regular programme
signals. They send their station names, and information about the type of
programme such as sports or music, etc.

When tuned to an RDS
“TP” (Traffic Programme) will appear on the display when the received broadcast car­ries traffic information, and “TA” (Traffic Announcement) will appear whilst a traffic infor­mation is on air.
“EON” will appear whilst the EON (Enhanced Other Networks information) data is broad­cast.
“PTYI” (Dynamic PTY Indicator) will appear whilst the Dynamic PTY station is
received.
“RT” (Radio Text) will appear whilst the unit receives the Radio text data.
“CT” (Clock Time) will appear whilst the unit receives the RDS CT data.

station

, “RDS” and the station name will be displayed.

You can control the RDS by using the remote control only.

■

Information provided by RDS

Each time the DISP MODE button is pressed, the display will switch as follows:

Station
name (PS)

Programme
type (PTY)
(8 Languages)

Programme
type (PTY)
(English fixed)

Radio text
(RT)

Clock-time
and date (CT)

(for 3 seconds)

Date

RDS clock time

Frequency

When you are tuning in to a station other than an RDS station or to an RDS station
which sends weak signal, the display will change in the following order:

Descriptions of the PTY (Programme Type) codes, TP (Traffic Programme) and
TA (Traffic Announcement)

You can search for and receive the following PTY, TP and TA signals.

NEWS Short accounts of facts, events and publicly expressed views, report-

AFFAIRS Topical programme expanding or enlarging upon the news, generally

INFO Programmes whose purpose is to impart advice in the widest sense.
SPORT Programme concerned with any aspect of sport.
EDUCATE Programme intended primarily to educate, of which the formal ele-

DRAMA All radio plays and serials.
CULTURE Programmes concerned with any aspect of national or regional cul-

SCIENCE Programmes about the natural sciences and technology.
VARIED Used for mainly speech-based programmes usually of light-entertain-

POP M Commercial music, which would generally be considered to be of cur-

ROCK M Contemporary modern music, usually written and performed by young

EASY M Current contemporary music considered to be “easy-listening”, as op-

LIGHT M Classical music for general, rather than specialist appreciation. Ex-

CLASSICS Performances of major orchestral works, symphonies, chamber mu-

OTHER M Musical styles not fitting into any of the other categories. Particularly

WEATHER Weather reports and forecasts and meteorological information.
FINANCE Stock Market reports, commerce, trading, etc.
CHILDREN For programmes targeted at a young audience, primarily for enter-

age and actuality.

in different presentation style or concept, including debate, or analy­sis.

ment is fundamental.

ture, including language, theatre, etc.

ment nature, not covered by other categories. Examples include: quiz­zes, panel games, personality interviews.

rent popular appeal, often featuring in current or recent record sales
charts.

musicians.

posed to Pop, Rock or Classical, or one of the specialised music styles,
Jazz, Folk or Country. Music in this category is often but not always,
vocal, and usually of short duration.

amples of music in this category are instrumental music, and vocal or
choral works.

sic, etc., and including Grand Opera.

used for specialist music of which Rhythm & Blues and Reggae are
examples.

tainment and interest, rather than where the objective is to educate.

NO PS NO PTY

NO RT

FM 98.80 MHz NO CT

SOCIAL Programmes about people and things that influence them individually

RELIGION Any aspect of beliefs and faiths, involving a God or Gods, the nature

PHONE IN Involving members of the public expressing their views either by phone

TRAVEL Features and programmes concerned with travel to near and far des-

LEISURE Programmes concerned with recreational activities in which the lis-

JAZZ Polyphonic, syncopated music characterised by improvisation.
COUNTRY Songs which originate from, or continue the musical tradition of the

NATION M Current Popular Music of the Nation or Region in that country's lan-

OLDIES Music from the so-called “golden age” of popular music.
FOLK M Music which has its roots in the musical culture of a particular nation,

DOCUMENT Programme concerned with factual matters, presented in an investi-

TEST Broadcast when testing emergency broadcast equipment or receiv-

ALARM ! Emergency announcement made under exceptional circumstances

NONE No programme type (receive only).
TP Broadcasts which carry traffic announcements.
TA Traffic announcements are being broadcast.

Note

:

When you select a programme in the EON stand-by mode, the unit will display “TI”
instead of “TA”.

or in groups. Includes: sociology, history, geography, psychology and
society.

of existence and ethics.

or at a public forum.

tinations, package tours and travel ideas and opportunities. Not for
use for announcements about problems, delays, or roadworks affect­ing immediate travel where TP/TA should be used.

tener might participate.
Examples include, Gardening, Fishing, Antique collecting, Cooking,
Food & Wine, etc.

American Southern States.
Characterised by a straightforward melody and narrative story line.

guage, as opposed to International 'Pop' which is usually US or UK
inspired and in English.

usually played on acoustic instruments. The narrative or story may be
based on historical events of the people.

gative style.

ers.

to give warning of events causing danger of general nature.

– 9 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

Setting the Clock

In this example, the clock is set for the 24-hour (0:00) display.

1

Press the ON/STAND-BY button to turn the power on.

2

Press the MENU button.

3

Turn the jog dial to select “CLOCK” and within 10 seconds, press
the ENTER button.

4

Turn the jog dial to select the 24-hour or 12-hour display and
within 2 minutes, press the ENTER button.

“0:00” → The 24-hour display will appear. (0:00 - 23:59)
“AM 12:00”→
“AM 0:00” →

The 12-hour display will appear. (AM 12:00 - PM 1 1:59)
The 12-hour display will appear. (AM 0:00 - PM 1 1:59)

5

Turn the jog dial to adjust the hour and within 2 minutes, press
the ENTER button.

●

When the 12-hour display is selected, “AM” will change automatically to “PM”.

6

Turn the jog dial to adjust the minutes and within 2 minutes, press
the ENTER button.

●

The hour will not advance even if minutes advance from “59” to “00”.

●

The clock starts from “0” second. (Seconds are not displayed.)
The time display will disappear after a few seconds.

To confirm the time display:

[When the stand-by mode]

Press the DISPLAY button on the remote control.
The time display will appear for about 3 seconds.

[When the power is on]

Press the MENU button.
The time display will appear for about 10 seconds.

Note:

“CLOCK” will appear or time will flash at the push of the DISPLAY button when the AC
power supply is restored after a power failure or after unplugging the unit.
Reset the clock as follows.

To reset the clock:

[When time will flash]

1. Press the ON/STAND-BY button.

2. Press the MENU button.

3. Press the ENTER button.

4. Perform “Setting the Clock” from step 5.

[When “CLOCK” will appear]

Perform “Setting the Clock” from the beginning.

To change the 24-hour or 12-hour display:

1. Clear all the programmed contents.
[Refer to “If trouble occurs (reset)” on page 57 for details.]

2. Preform “Setting the clock” from the beginning.

What is a MiniDisc?

The disc is stored in a cartridge. Y ou can handle it easily without worrying about dust,
fingerprints, etc. However, dust entering the opening of the cartridge, dirt on the car­tridge, warping, etc. may cause malfunctions. Please note the following.

■

To prevent recorded MiniDiscs from being
erased accidentally

Slide the accidental erase prevention tab, located on the side of the MiniDisc, in the
direction indicated by the arrow.

● The MiniDisc will then be protected against accidental erasure.

Recordable

To add a recording to such a MiniDisc, slide the accidental erase prevention tab back
to its original position.

■

Helpful tip when attaching a label

When attaching a label to a MiniDisc cartridge, be sure to note the following. If the label
is not attached properly, the MiniDisc may jam inside the unit and it may not be pos­sible to remove it.

● If the label peels off or partially lifts away, replace it with a new one.

● Do not put a new label on top of an existing one.

● Attach the label only in the specified location.

■

Types of discs

There are two types of discs: playback-only and recordable types.

● Playback-only MiniDisc:

This type of MiniDisc is used for commercially available
prerecorded music. This is the same kind of optical disc
as CDs. Playback is performed using an optical pickup.
(Recording and editing are not possible.)

● Recordable MiniDisc:

This is a “raw disc” on which recording can be performed.
A magneto optical disc is used. Recordings are made
using a laser and magnetic field. Repeated recording is
possible.

Recording
prevented

A Shutter will be used on
only one side (back).

Shutters will be used on
both sides.

MiniDisc System Limitations

Even if the maximum record­ing time of a MiniDisc has not
been reached, “TOC FULL”
may be displayed.

Even if the maximum record­ing time of a MiniDisc has not
been reached, “DISC FULL”
may be displayed.

Even if several short tracks
are erased, the remaining re­cording time may not show an
increase.

Two tracks may not be com­bined in editing.

The total of the recorded time
and time remaining on a disc
may not add up to the maxi­mum possible recording time.

If recorded tracks are fast re­versed or fast forwarded, the
sound may skip.

In the MD system, the delimiter of the recording area
on a MiniDisc is programmed in a TOC. If partial eras­ing, recording and editing are repeated several times,
TOC information will fill up, even though the number
of tracks has not reached the limit (255 tracks), and
further recording will be impossible. (If you use the
all erase function, this MiniDisc can be used from
the beginning.)

If there is any flaw on the MiniDisc, that part is auto­matically excluded from the space available for re­cording. Therefore, the recording time becomes
shorter.

When the remaining recording time of a disc is dis­played, short tracks less than 12 seconds long may
not be included in the total.

For MiniDiscs on which repeated recording and ed­iting operations were performed, the COMBINE func­tion may not work.
A track recorded from a CD (digital recording) and a
track recorded from a radio or other equipment (ana­logue recording) cannot be combined.

A cluster (about 2 seconds) is normally the minimum
unit of recording. So, even if a track is less than 2
seconds long, it will use about 2 seconds of space
on the disc. Therefore, the time actually available for
recording may be less than the remaining time dis­played.
If there are scratches on discs, those sections will
be automatically avoided (no recording will be placed
in those sections). Therefore, the recording time will
be reduced.

A MiniDisc which has been recorded or edited re­peatedly may skip during fast reverse or fast forward.

– 10 –

Error Messages

When an error message is displayed, proceed as follows:

Error messages
BLANK DISC

CAN'T COPY

CAN'T EDIT

CAN'T READ
(

:Number or

symbol)

CAN'T REC

CAN'T WRITE

DISC FULL

E-CD 20

E-MD
( :Number or

symbol)
EDIT OVER

MD NO DISC
CD NO DISC

● Nothing is recorded.

● You tried to record from a

● A track cannot be edited.

● The disc is damaged.

● TOC information cannot be

● MiniDisc not specified.

● Recording cannot be per-

● The TOC information could

● The disc is out of recording

● The CD tray is not working

● A MiniDisc is not working

● You chose 32 or more tracks

● A MiniDisc has not been

● The MiniDisc data cannot be

● A CD has not been loaded.

● The CD data cannot be read.

Meaning

(Neither music nor disc name
is recorded.)

copy prohibited CD.

read.

formed correctly due to vibra­tion or shock in the unit.

not be created properly due
to a mechanical shock or to
scratches on the disc.

space.

properly.

properly.

for track editing.

loaded.
read.

● Replace it with another disc.

● Replace the CD.

●

● Replace it with another disc.

● Erase the disc and try record-

● Re-record or replace the

● Set this unit to the stand-by

● Replace the disc with another

● Set this unit to the stand-by

● Set this unit to the stand-by

● Decrease the number of

● Load a MiniDisc.

● Reload the MiniDisc.

● Load a CD.

● Reload the CD.

Remedy

Change the stop position of the
track and then try editing it.

ing again.

MiniDisc.

mode and try to write the
TOC again. (Remove any
source of shock or vibration
whilst writing.)

recordable disc.

mode and turn the power on
again.

mode and turn the power on
again.

tracks.

Error messages
NAME FULL

NO SIGNAL

NOT AUDIO

OVER

PLAY MD

PROTECTED

TEMP OVER

TOC FORM
( :Number or

symbol)

TOC FULL

? DISC

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

● The number of characters for

● Poor connection of the digital

● No output signal comes out

● The data recorded on this

● There is no space to make

● You tried to record on a play-

● The disc is write protected.

● The temperature is too high.

● TOC information recorded on

● There is no space left for re-

● There is no space left for re-

● The data contains an error.

● MiniDisc not specified.

Meaning

the disc name or track name
exceeds 40.

cable.
from the connected unit to

playback.

disc is not audio data.

CD editing on the disc.

back-only disc.

the MD does not match the
MiniDisc specifications or it
cannot be read.

cording track numbers.
cording character informa-

tion.

● Shorten the disc or track

● Connect the digital cable

● Playback with the connected

● Select another track.

● Replace the disc.

● Replace it with a disc that has

● Replace it with another re-

● Move the write protection tab

● Set this unit to the stand-by

● Replace it with another disc.

● Erase the disc and try record-

● Replace it with another re-

● Erase the needless charac-

● Replace it with another disc.

Remedy

name.

securely.
unit.

enough time to record.

cordable disc.

back to its original position.

mode and wait for a whilst.

ing again.

cordable disc.
ters.

Troubleshooting Chart

Many potential “problems” can be resolved by the owner without calling a service tech­nician. If something is wrong with this product, check the following before calling your
authorised SHARP dealer or service centre.

■

General

●

The clock is not on time.

●

When a button is pressed, the unit
does not respond.

●

No sound is heard.

■

CD player

●

Playback does not start.

●

Playback stops in the middle or is
not performed properly.

●

Playback sounds are skipped, or
stopped in the middle of a track.

■

MiniDisc

●

A recording cannot be made.

●

Even though a disc has been
loaded, “NO DISC” or “CAN'T
READ” is displayed.

●

Playback sounds are skipped.

Symptom

Symptom

Symptom

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Possible cause

Did a power failure occur?
Reset the clock. (Refer to page 17.)

Set this unit to the power stand-by mode
and then turn it back on.
If the unit still malfunctions, reset it.
(Refer to page 57.)

Is the volume level set to “0”?
Are the headphones connected?
Are the speaker wires disconnected?

Possible cause

The disc is loaded up-side down.
The disc does not satisfy the standards.
The disc is distorted or scratched.

Is the unit located near excessive vibra­tions?
The disc is very dirty.
Has condensation formed inside the
unit?

Possible cause

Is the MiniDisc protected against acci­dental erasure?
Did you try to make recording on a play­back-only MiniDisc?
Can you see the "DISC FULL" or "TOC
FULL" message in the display?

The disc is very dirty.
Is the unit located near excessive vibra­tions?
Has condensation formed inside the
unit?

■

Cassette deck

●

Cannot record.

●

Cannot record tracks with proper
sound quality.

●

Cannot erase completely.

●

Sound skipping.

●

Cannot hear treble.

●

Sound fluctuation.

●

Cannot remove the tape.

■

Tuner

●

Radio makes unusual noise con­secutively.

■

Remote control

●

The remote control does not op­erate.

Symptom

Symptom

Symptom

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Possible cause

Is the erase-protection tab removed?
Is it a normal tape?

(You cannot record on a metal or CrO
tape.)

Is there any slack? Is the tape stretched?
Are the capstans, pinch rollers, or heads
dirty?

If a power failure occurs during playback,
the heads remain engaged with the tape.
Do not open the compartment forcibly.
Wait until electricity resumes.

Possible cause

The stereo system is placed near the TV
or computer.
FM/AM loop aerial is not placed prop­erly. Move the AC power lead away from
the aerial if located near.

Possible cause

Is the AC power lead of the stereo sys­tem plugged in?
The battery polarity is not correct.
The batteries are dead.
Incorrect distance or angle.
Does the remote control sensor receive
strong light?

2

– 11 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

System Connections (For CD-MD3000W Only)

Setting the AC voltage selector

Check the setting of the AC voltage selector located on the rear panel before plug­ging the unit into an AC socket. If necessary, adjust the selector to correspond to the
AC power voltage used in your area.

Turn the selector with a screwdriver until the appropriate voltage number
appears in the window (110 V, 127 V, 220 V or 230 V - 240 V AC).

Connecting the AC power lead

After making all connections, plug the unit. If you plug the unit first, the unit
will enter the demonstration mode

1

2

Notes:

Plug the AC power lead into an AC socket, after any connections.
Unplug the AC power lead from the A C socket if the unit will not be in use for a pro­longed period of time.

AC Plug Adaptor

In areas (or countries) where an AC socket as shown in illustration is used, con­nect the unit using the AC plug adaptor supplied with the unit, as illustrated. The AC
plug adaptor is not included in areas where the AC wall socket and AC power plug
can be directly connected (see illustration ).

Note for users in Australia and New Zealand:

An AC plug adaptor is not supplied if the lead has an Australian Standard plug.

Setting the FM/AM span selector

(For CD-MD3000W Only)

The International Telecommunication Union (ITU) has established that member coun­tries should maintain either a 100 kHz or a 50 kHz interval between broadcasting fre­quencies of FM stations and 10 kHz or 9 kHz for AM station. The illustration shows
the 50/9 kHz zones (regions 1 and 3), and the 100/10 kHz zone (region 2).
Before using the unit, set the SPAN SELECTOR switch (on the rear panel) to the
interval (span) of your area.

To change the tuning zone:

1

Press the ON/STAND-BY button to enter the stand-by mode.

2

Set the SPAN SELECTOR switch (on the rear panel) as follows.

For 50 kHz FM interval (9 kHz in AM) 50/9
For 100 kHz FM interval (10 kHz in AM) 100/10

3

Whilst pressing down the VOLUME button, press the ON/STAND­BY button until "ALL CLEAR" appears.

Caution:

This operation will erase all data stored in memory including clock, timer settings,
tuner preset, and CD or MiniDisc programme.

– 12 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

Accessories (FOR CD-MD3000H)

Speaker wire for

MAIN terminals × 2

AM loop aerial × 1Remote control × 1

Speaker wire for

SUBWOOFER terminals × 2

Blue

Black

Black

Red

FM aerial × 1

“AA” size battery

(UM/SUM-3, R6, HP-7 or similar) × 2

1

2

3

Battery installation of remote control

Use 2 “AA” size batteries (UM/SUM-3, R6, HP-7 or similar).

Remove the

Insert the batteries

Replace the cover.

battery cover.

as shown.

1

1

Accessories (FOR CD-MD3000W)

Speaker wire for

MAIN terminals × 2

FM/AM loop aerial × 1Remote control × 1

Speaker wire for

SUBWOOFER terminals × 2

Blue

Black

Black

Red

“AA” size battery

(UM/SUM-3, R6, HP-7 or similar) × 2

1

1

1

2

System Connections

3

3

FM aerial

Right speaker

Left speaker

Connection cable

for digital recording

(not supplied)

MD deck, digital tuners

or DAT decks

VCR

TV

To the optical line

output socket

To the line

output socket

RCA lead

(not supplied)

Wall socket

(AC 230 V, 50 Hz)

Right speaker

Left speaker

Blue Black Red

AM loop

aerial

FM aerial

AM loop aerial

(For

CD-MD3000H)

(For

CD-MD3000W)

AC Voltage Selector

(CD-MD300W Only)

FM/AM Loop

Aerial Socket

Span Selector

Switch

(CD-MD300W Only)

– 13 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

1

Press the CD button.

2

Press the DISC 1 button to open the disc tray 1.

3

Place the CD on the disc tray 1, label side up.

4

Press the DISC 1 button to close the disc tray 1.

5

You can place discs on the trays 2 - 6 by following steps 2 - 4.

6

Press the button to start playback.

Listening to a CD (CDs)

12 cm (5”)

8 cm (3”)

Total number of tracks

Means "disc

inside"

Turn on your System

The first time the unit is plugged in,

the unit will enter the demonstration

mode. You will see words scroll.

2

1

Press the DEMO

button to cancel

the demonstration

mode.

Press the ON/STAND-

BY button to turn the

power on.

4

4

Total playing time

Listening to a MiniDisc

1

Press the MD button.

2

Load a MiniDisc into the MD compartment, label side up.

3

Press the button to start playback.

Total number

of tracks

Total playing

time

Disc name

■

Test of the remote control

Face the remote control directly to the remote sensor on the unit.

The remote control can be used within the range shown below:

Press the ON/STAND-BY button. Does the power turn on?

Now, you can enjoy the music.

0.2 m - 6 m

(8" - 20')

Remote sensor

– 14 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

1

Press the TAPE button.2Open the cassette door by pushing the area marked “PUSH EJECT ”.

PUSH EJECT

3

Load the cassette into the compartment with side A facing you.

PUSH EJECT

4

Press the REV. MODE button on the remote control to choose one side or

both sides.

5

Press the

button to listen to side A, or the

button for side B.

Listening to a Cassette Tape

... To listen to both sides.

...

For endless repeat play of both sides.

... To listen to one side.

■ If trouble occurs (reset)

When this product is subjected to strong external interfer-

ence (mechanical shock, excessive static electricity, ab-

normal supply voltage due to lightning, etc.) or if it is oper-

ated incorrectly, it may malfunction.

If such a problem occurs, do the following:

1. Press the ON/STAND-BY button to enter the power

stand-by mode.

2.

Whilst pressing down the VOLUME button, press

the ON/STAND-BY button until “ALL CLEAR” appears.

■

Maintenance

●

Dirty heads, capstans or pinch rollers can cause poor

sound and tape jams. Clean these parts with a cotton

swab moistened with commercial head/pinch roller

cleaner or isopropyl alcohol.

●

When cleaning the heads, pinch rollers, etc., unplug

the unit which contains high voltages.

●

After long use, the deck’s heads and capstans may be-

come magnetised, causing poor sound.

Demagnetise

these parts once every 30 hours of playing/recording

time by using a commercial tape head demagnetiser.

Read the demagnetiser’s instructions carefully before

use.

●

Clean the dust or stain on the CD pickup lens using a

commercial cleaning disc (brush type).

1

Press the TUNER (BAND) button repeatedly to select the desired frequency

band (FM or AM).2Press the TUNING ( or ) button to tune into the desired station.

●

When the TUNING ( or ) button is pressed for more than 0.5 seconds, scanning will

start automatically and the tuner will stop at the first receivable broadcast station.

3

To receive an FM stereo transmission, press the ST-MODE button on the

remote control. The “ST” indicator lights up.

●

“ ” will appear when an FM broadcast is in stereo.

A

B

C

D

C

D

Cleaning disc

A Erase head

B

Recording/Playback head

C

Capstan

D

Pinch roller

Listening to the Radio

– 15 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

DISASSEMBLY

Caution on Disassembly

Follow the below-mentioned notes when disassembling
the unit and reassembling it, to keep it safe and ensure
excellent performance:

1. Take cassette tape, compact disc and mini disc out of the
unit.

2. Be sure to remove the power supply plug from the wall
outlet before starting to disassemble the unit.

3. Take off nylon bands or wire holders where they need to
be removed when disassembling the unit. After servicing
the unit, be sure to rearrange the leads where they were
before disassembling.

4. Take sufficient care on static electricity of integrated
circuits and other circuits when servicing.

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

STEP REMOVAL

1 Top Cabinet 1. Screw ................ (A1) x5 16-1

2 Side Panel

3 Rear Panel 1. Screw ................ (C1) x3 16-2

4 Front Panel 1. Flat Cable.......... (D1) x1 16-2

5 Sub Trans PWB 1. Screw ................ (E1) x3 16-2

6 Main PWB 1. Flat Cable.......... (F1) x1 16-2

7 MD Mechanism/ 1. Socket ...............(G1) x2 17-1

Relay PWB 2. Screw ................ (G2) x1

8 Power PWB/ 1. Socket ............... (H1) x1 17-1

Speaker PWB (For CD-MD3000H)

9 Tape Mechanism 1. Open the cassette holder 17-2

10 CD Switch PWB/ 1. Socket ............... (K1) x1 17-2

MD Switch PWB 2. Screw ................ (K2) x6

11 Switch PWB 1. Screw ................(L1) x1 17-2

12 Headphones PWB 1. Screw ................(M1) x1 17-2

13 CD Changer door 1. Screw ................ (P1) x3 17-2

panel/ 2. Screw ................(P2) x2

Control Panel

14 Motor PWB 1. Solder................ (Q1) x2 17-2

15 CD Changer door 1. Screw ................ (R1) x4 17-3

panel

16 Control Panel 1. Screw ................(S1) x6 17-3

17 Control PWB 1. Screw ................ (T1) x5 17-4

18 Jog PWB 1. Screw ................ (U1) x5 17-4

19 LED B PWB 1. Screw ................ (V1) x3 17-4

20 Cassette holder 1.

Cover 2. Screw ................ (W1) x4

21 Display PWB/ 1. Screw ................ (X1) x4 17-6

LED A PWB 2. Hook .................. (X2) x2

(Left/Right)

PROCEDURE

1. Screw ................(B1) x8 16-1

2. Screw ................(C2) x8

(For CD-MD3000H)

2. Screw ................(C2) x7

(For CD-MD3000W)

2. Screw ................(D2) x4

3. Socket ...............(D3) x6

2. Socket ...............(E2) x5

2. Screw ................(F2) x2

3. Screw ................(F3) x1

4. Socket ...............(F4) x2

5. Flat Cable.......... (F5) x1

2. Screw ................(G3) x4

1. Socket ...............(H1) x2

(For CD-MD3000W)

2. Screw ................(H2) x2

2. Screw ................(J1) x4

3. Hook .................. (K3) x2

2. Bracket .............. (M2) x1

2. Socket ...............(T2) x1

Open the cassette holder Cover

3. Display Panel .... (W2) x1

4. Hook .................. (W3) x4

FIGURE

17-5

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

Front Panel

(A1)x2

ø3x16mm

(B1)x4

ø3x10mm

(D1)x1

Tape

Mechanism PWB

Power PWB

Front
Panel

(F4)x1

Main
PWB

(D2)x1

ø3x8mm

(C1)x2

ø3x10mm

(D2)x2

ø3x8mm

Sub Trans

(F1)x1

CD PWB

Speaker

PWB

(E2)x3

PWB

(E1)x3

ø3x8mm

– 16 –

Top Cabinet

Side Panel(Right)

Figure 16-1

(F3)x1

ø3x8mm

(F2)x2

ø3x10mm

(F4)x1

(E2)x2

Lug Wire

Figure 16-2

(A1)x2

ø3x16mm

CD-MD3000W Only

CD-MD3000H Only

(D3)x1

(D3)x1

Rear Panel

Power PWB

(D3)x4

(F5)x1

MD Mechanism

(A1)x1

ø3x10mm

Side Panel
(Left)

(B1)x4

ø3x10mm

Rear Panel

(D2)x1

ø3x8mm

Speaker PWB

(C1)x1

ø3x10mm

CD-MD3000W
Only

(C2)x1

ø3x10mm

CD-MD3000H
Only

(C2)x7

ø3x10mm

Main PWB

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

(X1)x4

ø3x14mm

(X2)x1

LED A
PWB

Cassette

Holder Cover

Display
PWB

(X2)x1

Speaker

(G2)x1

ø3x8mm

Relay PWB

MD Mechanism

(G3)x2

ø3x6mm

MD Switch PWB

(K2)x1

ø3x10mm

(K1)x1

(G1)x2

CD Changer
Block

Front Panel

(J1)x4

ø3x10mm

(K3)x1

PWB

(H2)x1

ø3x10mm

Figure 17-1

Tape Mechanism

Power PWB

ø3x10mm

Main Chassis

(G3)x2

ø3x6mm

Cassette

Holder

(H2)x1

(H1)x1

(H1)x1

CD-MD3000W
ONLY

Open

CD Switch
PWB

Lug Wire

(T2)x1

(T1)x5

ø2.6x10mm

(V1)x2

ø2.6x10mm

Open

Control PWB

(V1)x1

ø2.6x10mm

Figure 17-4

(W3)x4

Control Panel B

(U1)x5

ø2.6x10mm

Control Panel A

Front Panel

Jog PWB

LED B PWB

LED Holder

Cassette
Holder Cover

(K2)x5

ø3x10mm

(P2)x1

ø3x20mm

(Q1)x2

Motor

PWB

(P1)x3

ø3x10mm

(P2)x1

ø3x20mm

(R1)x2

ø2.6x10mm

(S1)x2

ø2.6x12mm

(L1)x1

ø2.6x10mm

CD Changer

Door Panel

(M1)x1

ø3x10mm

Figure 17-2

(S1)x2
ø2.6x12mm

(M2)x1

(K3)x1

CD Changer
Door Panel

Switch PWB

Headphones
PWB

(R1)x1

ø2.6x10mm

(W1)x4

ø2.6x12mm

(W2)x1

Figure 17-5

Control Panel

Figure 17-3

(S1)x2

ø2.6x12mm

(R1)x1

ø2.6x10mm

Figure 17-6

– 17 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W (CD CHANGER MECHANISM UNIT)

STEP

1 Top Cabinet 1. Screw ................ (A1) x5 16-1

2 Side Panel

3 Rear Panel 1. Screw ................ (C1) x3 16-2

4 Front Panel 1. Flat Cable.......... (D1) x1 16-2

5 CD Changer 1. Flat Cable .......... (Y1) x1 18-1

6 CD PWB 1. Screw ................(Z1) x4 18-2

7 CD Mechanism 1. Screw ................(ZZ1) x4 18-2

REMOVAL PROCEDURE

(Left/Right)

Mechanism 2. Screw ................ (Y2) x2

(Note) 2. Socket ............... (Z2) x4

1. Screw ................(B1) x8 16-1

2. Screw ................(C2) x8

(For CD-MD3000H)

2. Screw ................(C2) x7

(For CD-MD3000W)

2. Screw ................(D2) x4

3. Socket ...............(D3) x6

3. Screw ................(Y3) x5

3. Flat Wire............ (Z3) x2

FIGURE

Note:

After removing the connector for the optical pickup from the
connector, wrap the conductive aluminium foil around the
front end of connector remove to protect the optical pickup
from electrostatic damage.

Slide it in the direction of the arrow

CD Changer

Mechanism

after removing the screw (Y2).

Front Side

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W (MD MECHANISM)

STEP REMOVAL

1 MD Mechanism/ 1. Screw ............ (AA1) x8 18-3

MD Main PWB 2. Flat Cable...... (AA2) x3

PROCEDURE

3. Flexble PWB . (AA3) x1

4. Socket ........... (AA4) x2

FIGURE

Note:

After removing the connector for the optical pickup from the
connector, wrap the conductive aluminium foil around the
front end of connector remove to protect the optical pickup
from electrostatic damage.

Shield Case,Top

(AA1)x1

ø2x3mm

(AA1)x1

ø2x3mm

MD Mechanism

(AA)x1

ø2x3mm

(Y2)x1

ø3x10mm

Bottom Side

(Y3)x3

ø3x10mm

(Y2)x1

ø3x10mm

(Z1)x4

ø3x10mm

(Z2)x1

CD PWB

(ZZ1)x4

ø2.6x10mm

(Y3)x2

ø3x10mm

Figure 18-1

(Z2)x2

Main Chassis

(Z3)x1

(Z3)x1

(Z2)x1

CD Changer

Mechanism

CD PWB

(Y1)x1

Shield Case,Side

Pull

Optical pickup
Flexible PWB
(Note 1)

Pull

(AA2)x2

(AA3)x1

(AA1)x1

ø2x3mm

(AA4)x1

(AA2)x1

(AA4)x1

(AA1)x2

ø1.7x3mm

MD Main PWB

(AA1)x1

ø2x3mm

CD Mechanism

Figure 18-2

– 18 –

(AA1)x1

Shield Case,Bottom

ø2x2mm

(Note 1) After removing the flexible PWB for optical pickup
from the connector wrap the front end of flexible PWB in
conductive aluminum foil so as to protect the optical pickup
from being damaged electrostatically.

Figure 18-3

CP-RW5000H/CP-RW5000W

STEP REMOVAL PROCEDURE FIGURE

1 Woofer/Tweeter/ 1. Net................. (A1) x1 19-1

Sub Woofer 2. Front Panel ... (A2) x1

3. Screw ............ (A3) x4 19-2

4. Ring ............... (A4) x1

5.

Catching holder ..

6. Screw ............ (A6) x2

7. Cover............. (A7) x1

8. Screw ............ (A8) x2

9. Screw ............ (A9) x4 19-3

10. Cover............. (A10) x1

(A5) x2

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

(A1)x1

(A2)x1

Driver should
be pried away
from Speaker Box.

Screw Driver

Speaker Box

(A5)x2

(A6)x2
ø3x10mm

(A7)x1

(A8)x2
ø3x10mm

(A3)x4
ø4x16mm

Speaker Box

Figure 19-1

Speaker Box

(A4)x1

Figure 19-2

Top Side

Sub Woofer

Bottom Side

Tweeter

Woofer

– 19 –

(A10)x1

(A9)x4
ø4x20mm

Rear Side

Figure 19-3

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

REMOVING AND REINSTALLING THE MAIN PARTS

MD MECHANISM SECTION

For details about the procedure to remove the MD mechanism
from the main unit, refer to the Disassembly Procedure, Steps
1-7 in the main unit and also the MD section.
(Referring to page18)

Caution:

After pulling out the optical pickup connector, wrap the end
of the connector in conductive aluminium foil to prevent the
optical pickup from being destroyed by static electricity.

How to remove the magnetic head
(See Fig. 20-1)

1. Remove the screws (A1) x 1 pc.

Caution:

Take utmost care so that the magnetic head is not damaged
when it is mounted.

(A1)x1

ø1.7x5mm

Magnetic Head

MD Mechanism

Figure 20-1

How to remove the MD loading motor PWB/MD
loading motor
(See Fig. 20-2)

1. Remove the screw (B1) x 1 pc.

2. Remove the Hoock (B2) x 3 pcs., and remove the MD
Loading PWB.

3. Remove the screw (B3) x 2 pcs., and remove the MD
Loading motor.

How to remove the MD sled motor/optical pickup
(See Fig. 20-3)

1. Remove the screws (C1) x 3 pcs., and remove the MD sled
motor.

2. Remove the optical pickup.

Caution:

Be careful so that the gear is not damaged.
(The damaged gear emits noise during searching.)

MD Loading Motor

MD Loading Motor
PWB

(B2)x2

Figure 20-2

(C1)x1

ø1.4x5mm

Optical
Pickup

(B1)x1
ø1.7x6mm

(B2)x1

(B3)x2
ø1.7x3mm

(C1)x2
ø1.4x4.5mm

Washer

MD Sled Motor

MD Mechanism
Switch PWB

– 20 –

Figure 20-3

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

How to remove the MD spindle motor
(See Fig. 21-1)

1. Remove the screws (D1) x 3 pcs., and remove the MD
spindle motor.

Caution:

Be careful so that the gear is not damaged.
(The damaged gear emits noise during searching.)

CD MECHANISM SECTION

Perform steps 1 to 7 of the disassembly method to remove the
CD mechanism. (See page 18.)

How to Remove the pickup (See Fig. 21-2.)

1. Remove the screws (A1)x 2 pcs., to remove shaft (A2)x 1
pc.

2. Remove stop washer (A3)x 1 pc., to remove gear (A4)x 1 pc.

3. Remove the pickup.

Note:

After removing the connector for the optical pickup from the
connector, wrap the conductive aluminium foil around the
front end of connector remove to protect the optical pickup
from electrostatic damage.

ø1.4x3mm

Stop Washer
(A3) x1

CD
Mechanism

Pickup

(D1)x3

MD Spindle Motor

Figure 21-1

(A1) x1
ø2.6 x6mm

(A1) x1
ø2.6 x6mm

CD CHANGER MECHANISM SECTION

Perform steps 1 to 5 of the disassembly method to remove the
CD changer mechanism. (See page 18.)

How to Remove the tray motor/main cam motor
(See Fig. 21-3.)

1. Remove the screws (B1)x 4 pcs., to remove the CD PWB.

2. Remove the (1) front top plate, (2) changer box, left/right
and (3) disc trays 1~6. After that, disassemble as shown in
the figure.

3. Remove the screws (B2)x 4 pcs.

4. Remove the tray motor and main cam motor.

Note:

The parts of (1), (2) and (3) correspond to the drawing Nos.
117, 102, 103 and 108 to 113 of the CD change mechanism
disassembly drawing.
Remove the screws of 117, 102 and 103, and the parts of (1),
(2) and (3) will be ready for removal and the screws of the tray
motor and main cam motor will be visible.

CD Changer Mechanism

(2)Changer Box,
Right

(1) Front Top Plate

(2) Changer Box,
Left

(3) Disc Tray,1~6

(B2)x4

ø2.6x4mm

Figure 21-2

Gear
(A4) x1

Shaft
(A2) x1

– 21 –

CD PWB

(B1)x4

ø3x10mm

Main Cam Motor

Tray Motor

Figure 21-3

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W
TAPE MECHANISM SECTION

Perform steps 1 to 4 and 9 of the disassembly method to
remove the tape mechanism.

How to remove the record/playback and erase
heads (See Fig. 22-1)

1. When you remove the screws (A1) x 2 pcs., the recording/
playback head and three-dimensional head of the erasing
head can be removed.

Erase
Head

Record/
Playback
Head

(A1)x2
Ø2 x 6mm

Figure 22-1

How to remove the pinch roller (See Fig. 22-2)

1. Carefully bend the pinch roller pawl in the direction of the
arrow <A>, and remove the pinch roller (B1) x1 pc., in the
direction of the arrow <B>.

Note:

When installing the pinch roller, pay attention to the spring
mounting position.

How to remove the belt (See Fig. 22-3)

1. Remove the motor.

2. Remove the main belt (C1) x 1 pc., from the motor side.

3. Remove the FF/REW belt (C2) x 1 pc.

How to remove the motor (See Fig. 22-4)

1. Remove the belt.

2. Remove the screws (D1) x 2 pcs., to remove the motor.

Pull

(Left)

Pinch
Roller
Pawl

<A>

<B>

Main Belt
(C1)x1

Pinch
Roller

Pull

(B1)x1

Figure 22-2

FF/REW Belt
(C2)x1

Figure 22-3

Motor

Pull

<B>

(Right)

Pinch
Roller
Pawl

<A>

Motor

Pull

FRONT PANEL SECTION

Perform steps 1 to 4 of the disassembly method to remove the
front panel.

How to remove the control panel motor
(See Fig. 22-5)

1. Remove the control panel.

2. Remove the screws (E1) x 6 pcs., to remove the CD changer
door panel.

3. Remove the screws (F1) x 2 pcs., to remove the control
panel motor.

– 22 –

CD Changer
Door Panel

Control Panel

(D1)x2
Ø 2.6 x 5mm

(E1)x1
ø2.6x10mm

Gear Box B

Figure 22-4

Gear Box A

(E1)x2
ø2.6x10mm

(E1)x3
ø2.6x10mm

Figure 22-5

CD Changer
Door Panel

Control
Panel
Motor

(F1)x2
ø2x5mm

Motor PWB

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

CD CHANGER MECHANISM MAIN BASE PARTS ASSEMBLING/ADJUSTING
PROCEDURE

Work content

1. Motor assembly (x 2) mounting (screw x 4) 01/29 Fig.24

2. MT idle gear mounting (screw x 1) 25 Fig.24

3. MT system gear assembly 23/24/26/27 Fig.24

4. STB/tray drive system gear and others assembling/ 37/38/45/46 (53)/47/48 Fig.24
mounting (screw x 3)

5. Tray big gear assembly 31 Fig.24 Gear positioning

6. T.M SW PWB mounting (screw x 3) Fig.25

7. STB holder assembling 03 Fig.24

8. STB drive gear L/R assembly mounting (screw x 2) 11 (10)/12 (10) Fig.24

9. Tray joint gear R/tray drive gear R assembling 34/36 Fig.25 Gear positioning

10. Tray gear A/B assembling 32/33 Fig.25 Gear positioning

11. Lift gear B/C assembling 43/44 Fig.26 Gear positioning

12. MT idler gear F assembling, mode big gear 28/41 Fig.26
mounting (screw x 1)

13. Change box R mounting (screw x 4) 04 Fig.26

14. Lift gear A assembling 42 Fig.26 Gear positioning

15. Change box L assembly mounting (screw x 4) 02/30/35 Fig.27

16. Lift cam assembling (shaft inserting) 40 Fig.27 Gear positioning

17. STB holder height adjusting Fig.28 Check/adjustment

18. Top plate F/disc OB LEV. Mounting (screw x 6) 80 Fig.28

19. Trays 1 - 6 assembling 91/92/93/94/95/96 Fig.29

20. Top plate R mounting (screw x 6) ––

Applied part No.

Assembly fig. No.

Remarks

CD CHANGER MECHANISM PARTS LIST

No.

01 (101) MAIN BASE
02 (102) CHANGE BOX L
03 (147) STB HOLDER
04 (103) CHANGE BOX R

10 (119) STB DRIVE GEAR A
11 (120) STB DRIVE GEAR L
12 (122) STB DRIVE GEAR R
20 (149) STABILIZER FH

23 (141) MT IDLER GEAR A
24 (138) MT IDLER GEAR B
25 (137) MT IDLER GEAR C
26 (140) MT IDLER GEAR D
27 (139) MT IDLER GEAR E
28 (131) MT IDLER GEAR F
29 (MOB1,2) MOTOR GEAR
30 (143) TRAY DRIVE GEAR F
31 (134) TRAY BIG GEAR
32 (135) TRAY GEAR A
33 (136) TRAY GEAR B
34 (124) TRAY DRIVE GEAR R
35 (144) TRAY JOINT GEAR F
36 (125) TRAY JOINT GEAR R
37 (142) TRAY GEAR C
38 (130) TRAY IDLER GEAR

Part name

Part nameNo.

40 (115) LIFT CAM
41 (126) MODE BIG GEAR
42 (127) LIFT GEAR A
43 (128) LIFT GEAR B
44 (129) LIFT GEAR C
45 (132) STB GEAR A
46 (104) STB GEAR B
47 (133-1) STB GEAR C
48 (133-3) STB GEAR D

50 (145) LIFT LEVER
51 (106) TRAY LOCK LEVER
52 (118) DISC OB LEVER
53 (105) STB GEAR ANG.

80 (117) TOP PLATE F
81 (114) TOP PLATE R

91 (108) TRAY 1
92 (109) TRAY 2
93 (110) TRAY 3
94 (111) TRAY 4
95 (112) TRAY 5
96 (113) TRAY 6

The number of ( ) is the number of the parts guide.

– 23 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

STB DRIVE GEAR R

STB DRIVE GEAR A

STB GEAR ANG.

STB GEAR B

STB GEAR C

STB DRIVE GEAR A

(ASS'Y)

47

10

53

46

12

10

STB GEAR A

48
STB GEAR D

45

03
STB HOLDER

29

26

23

27

25

24

23

01
MAIN BASE

29

Mark position

STB GEAR C

47

STB DRIVE GEAR L

11

(ASS'Y)

38
TRAY IDLER GEAR

37
TRAY GEAR C

31
TRAY BIG GEAR

After assembling TRAY BIG GEAR, turn it in the arrow direction.

TRAY BIG GEAR ASSEMBLING POSITION

11(/12) (10)
STB DRIVE GEAR L(/R)

(ASS'Y)

46
STB GEAR B

STB GEAR ANG.

53

STB GEAR A

45

38
TRAY IDLER GEAR

37
TRAY GEAR C

Figure 24

– 24 –

31
TRAY BIG GEAR

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

46

47

10

11

Direct the recess part
(trapezoidal side) of the axis
35 in this direction.

45

36
TRAY JOINT GEAR R

29

26

23

27

38

34
TRAY DRIVE GEAR R

24

25

37

29

23

31

M T SW PWB

Scale: 2 magnifications

Mark position

* This position becomes the
reference (stock) position
of the tray.

32
TRAY GEAR A

These holes must align.

It must not rotate in contact
with the peripheral (hatched)

33
TRAY
GEAR B

part of 31.

32

Scale: 2 magnifications

*2

TRAY BIG GEAR SET POSITION

*1: To position the axis part of 36, engage it with 38.
*2: When it is aligned as described in *1, the hatched part

*1

(low gear-height part of gear) will be positioned in this position.
Note: After positioning the tray big gear in the set position, engage these gears.

34
TRAY DRIVE GEAR R

36
TRAY JOINT GEAR R

TRAY GEAR B

33

33

32
TRAY GEAR A

These holes must align.

After assembling 32,
assemble 33.

Figure 25

– 25 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

28

MT IDLER GEAR F

42

LIFT GEAR A

Mark position
(Assemble the mode big gear in this position.)

04
CHANGE BOX R

Note:
To assemble the mode

big gear, incline it,
bring it into contact with
the circumference and
put the center hole into
position since the
hatched part of the main
base is overlapped with
the circumference.

32

53

46

10

47

11

Scale: 2 magnifications

(A)

45

(B)

37

36

38

34

41
MODE BIG GEAR

43

LIFT GEAR B

Scale: 2 magnifications

MODE BIG GEAR
LIFT GEAR A/B/C
ASSEMBLING POSITION

<Assembling method of lift gear>

After setting up the mode big gear in the
shown position, engage it with the STB gear A
(gear on the lower side) at the position (A),
and assemble them, turning it in the arrow direction
into the position (B). (The short tooth directs toward the
center of the mode big gear.)

42
LIFT GEAR A

33

44
LIFT GEAR C

Direct the short tooth
toward the center.

41
MODE BIG GEAR

LIFT GEAR B

Figure 26

– 26 –

43

44
LIFT GEAR C

37°

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

28

45

42

41

43 44

Scale: 2 magnifications

LIFT GEAR A

46

10

47

11

TRAY JOINT GEAR F
(CHANGE BOX L ASS'Y) ASSEMBLING POSITION
LIFT CAM

Assembling procedure

1. Turn the mode big gear approx. 37 degrees in the arrow direction.

2. Assemble the change box L ass'y.
Note: At this time, the tray joint gear F must be located in the position shown in figure.
Moreover, the gear must be engaged securely.

3. After assembly, return the mode big gear to the initial position.

4. Assemble the lift cam.
Note: At this time, the lift cam (No.40) must be located in the position shown in figure 24.

40

LIFT CAM

Mark position

32

33

30
TRAY DRIVE GEAR F

02

CHANGE BOX L
Direct the recess part (trapezoidal side)
of the axis 35 in this direction.

35
TRAY JOINT GEAR F

*1

40
LIFT CAM

*2

30
TRAY DRIVE GEAR F

35
TRAY JOINT GEAR F

*1: To position the axis part
of 35, engage it with 33.
*2: When it is aligned as
described in *1, the hatched part
(low gear-height part of gear)

will be positioned as shown.
Since this gear engagement is not
visually checked, verify that it does
not float when the gear box L is installed.

Figure 27

– 27 –

Scale: 2 magnifications

During assembly, make the
O part visible in this direction.

Note: Among 4 ribs on the
circumference, one rib alone
is provided with O.

30
TRAY DRIVE GEAR F

35
TRAY JOINT GEAR F

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

80
TOP PLATE F

37°

Mark position

10

When the height of
STB holder is low,

(Increase the clearance.)

Bend this part.

Scale: 2 magnifications

46

47

LIFT GEAR A

42

45

11

When the height of
STB holder is high,

(Decrease the clearance.)

240
OS LEVER

Bend this part to adjust the height of the STB holder.

Details

32

33

30

35

41

43

40

44

STB HOLDER HEIGHT ADJUSTING METHOD

Adjusting procedure

1. Turn the mode big gear approx. 37 degrees in the arrow direction.

2. Viewing from the front side of the mechanism, verify that the guide ribs
(CHANGE BOX L/R and STB HOLDER) of tray are as tall as each other.

3. If they are not, bend the lever for adjustment. (Refer to the details.)
Note: Also apply the same adjustment on the R side.

80
TOP PLATE F

Height of the rib

40

Figure 28

– 28 –

30

35

LIFT GEAR A

,,

,,

42

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

Mark position

Be sure to assemble the tray into this position.

91~96
TRAY1~TRAY6

Insert it along the guide of
the change box.

32

45

46

10

47

11

Tray installing method: (After adjusting the height of the STB holder)

1. Turn the mode big gear to the mark position to lower the STB holder to the bottom area.

2. From the front side, install the tray. (Securely insert it to the lock position.)

41

43

40

33

30

40

44

35

TRAY No.1~6

Rear surface: Stamped.
Note: During insertion,
Do not accidentally rearrange
tray numbers.

96
TRAY 6

95
TRAY 5

94
TRAY 4

93
TRAY 3

92
TRAY 2

Rear
side

91
TRAY 1

30

35

Figure 29

Measure to be taken when a disc cannot be removed due to a mechanism trouble

First, remove the mechanism unit section from the set, and check for the state of the disc.
(Remove the top plate R if necessary.)
<State of the disc>
(1) When the disc is in the normal PLAY (chucking) position -> Try to eject the disc by turning the mode big gear/tray big gear

manually.
* At this time, be sure to adjust the tray's position (height).
(2) When the disc is in the normal STOCK position -> Try to eject the disc by turning the tray big gear manually.
* At this time, be sure to adjust the tray's position (height).
(3) When the disc is not in the normal position -> The tray or disc is not in the normal position. (The tray or disc may catch

somewhere.)

Remove the TOP PLATE F/DISC OB lever.
Unlock the tray lock lever and pull out the tray which is not caught.
Move the caught tray or disc and remove the disc.

In case of (1) and (2), the mechanism is normal (defective circuit parts, etc.). However, it may stop somewhere.
This is the reason why you should try to turn the tray big gear first.
In case of (3), either of the big gears does not turn.

– 29 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

ADJUSTMENT

MECHANISM SECTION

• Driving Force Check

Torque Meter

Play: TW-2412 Over 80 g

• Torque Check

Torque Meter

Play: TW-2111 30 to 60 g.cm
Fast forward: TW-2231 60 to 120 g.cm
Rewind: TW-2231 60 to 120 g.cm

• Tape Speed

Test Tape

MTT-111 Variable 3,000 ± 90 Hz Speaker

Adjusting

Point

resistor in Terminal
motor.

Specified Value

Specified Value

Specified

Value

Instrument

Connection

TAPE MECHANISM

Extension cable

Type

1. 33 Pin extension QCNWN6931AFZZ
flat cable, 500mm

CNP1

1

1

Part No.

33

CD PWB-C

33

33Pin extension flat cable
QCNWN6931AFZZ

Variable
Resistor
in motor

Tape motor

Figure 30-1 ADJUSTMENT POINT

1

33

MAIN PWB-A

33

CNP901

Figure 30-2 EXTENSION CABLE

1

– 30 –

TUNER SECTION

fL: Low-range frequency
fH: High-range frequency

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

CD-MD3000H

• AM IF/RF

Signal generator: 400 Hz, 30%, AM modulated

Test Stage

Frequency

AM IF 450 kHz 1,620 kHz T351 *1

AM Band — 522 kHz (fL): T306 *2

Coverage 1.1 ± 0.1 V
AM 990 kHz 990 kHz T302 *1

Tracking

Display

Setting/

Adjusting

Parts

Instrument

Connection

*1. Input: Antenna Output: Speaker Terminal
*2. Input: Antenna Output: TP301

• FM
Notes:

1: Description of the "FM IF Adjustment" is not carried on this

Manual. It is because the IF coil in the FM front end section
has been best adjusted in the factory so that its further
adjustment is not needed at the field. When replacing the
FM front end assembly, no adjustment is needed either.

2: The parts in the FM front end section are prepared in a

complete unit, so you can't obtain each part individually.

• FM Mute Level (FM ST MODE)

Signal generator: 1 kHz, 40 kHz dev., FM modulated

Frequency

Display

98.00 MHz 98.00 MHz VR351 *1 Input: SO301
(26 dBµV) Output: Speaker

Adjusting

Parts

Instrument

Connection

Terminal

*1. Adjust so that an output signal appears.

CD-MD3000W

• AM IF/RF

Signal generator: 400 Hz, 30%, AM modulated

Test Stage

Frequency Display

AM IF 450 kHz 1,602 kHz T351 *1

AM Band — 522 kHz (fL): T306 *2

Coverage 1.1 ± 0.1 V
AM 990 kHz 990 kHz T302 *1

Tracking

Setting/

Adjusting

Parts

Instrument

Connection

*1. Input: Antenna Output: Speaker Terminal
*2. Input: Antenna Output: TP301

• FM RF

Signal generator: 1 kHz, 75 kHz dev., FM modulated

Test Stage

Frequency Frequency

Display

FM Band — 87.50 MHz (fL): T311 *1
Coverage 1.3 ± 50 mV

FM RF 98.00 MHz 98.0 MHz L312 *2

(10~30 dB)

Setting/

Adjusting

Parts

Instrument

Connection

*1. Input: Antenna Output: TP301
*2. Input: Antenna Output: Speaker Terminal

• FM Mute Level (FM ST MODE)

Signal generator: 1 kHz, 40 kHz dev., FM modulated

Frequency

Display

98.00 MHz 98.00 MHz VR351 *1 Input: CNP301
(26 dBµV) Output: Speaker

Adjusting

Parts

Instrument

Connection

Terminal

*1. Adjust so that an output signal appears.

CD-MD3000H

CNP301

AM LOOP

ANTENNA

SO301

FM

ANTENNA

TERMINAL

FE301

AM
TRACKING

T302

AM BAND
COVERAGE fL

T306

1

R345

VR351

CD-MD3000W

MAIN PWB

FM MUTE
LEVEL

AM IF

T351

CNP301

FM/AM LOOP

ANTENNA

Figure 31 ADJUSTMENT POINTS

– 31 –

BF301

L312

AM
TRACKING

T302

1

FM RF

IC301

FM IF

TP301TP301

9

T312

R345

AM BAND
COVERAGE fL

T306

T311

VR351

FM BAND
COVERAGE fL

FM MUTE
LEVEL

AM IF

MAIN PWB

T351

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

Outline

TEST MODE

While the unit is turned off, press the POWER key while holding down the VOLUME-DOWN and PANEL OP/CL keys to enter
the test mode selection mode. Then, the unit is started, the panel is opened, and the microcomputer's version/destination/span
is displayed. If the following data is entered from the keyboard while in the test mode selection mode, the unit directly enters
the specified test mode. This operation is applied to the main unit's keys only.

Character display

Item Type

Version • Destination V * • * Left adjust in the first line

Auxiliary display

12345678910

Number

Span

Auxiliary display

Destination

Example: V1. 1_W:_9
In the destination display, a destination code (H/W/U/J) is displayed. For the span display, "9" means 9 kHz/50 kHz, and "10"
means 10/100 kHz. All pictures will disappear except the characters.

By pressing the specific key, you can enter the test mode whose functions are as follows:

Menu display Shortcut Key Model

System INITIAL CD1 PLAY ALL Shipping status setting

SOFT_RESET CD2 PLAY ALL Soft rest
CD CD_TEST CD1 EJECT ALL CD test
Tuner TUN_PRESET CD4 EJECT ALL Tuner test frequency preset

TUNER_TEST CD5 EJECT ALL Tuner test
MD MD_TEST CD ALL MD test

Outline of Test Mode

Note

Name Description
1 Shipping status setting Sets up the unit for shipping.
2 Soft set setting Initializes the unit.
3 CD test Performs tests such as the CD mechanism test, hardware test,and constant setting test.
4 Tuner test Presets the test frequency.

frequency preset
5 Tuner preset clear setting Clears all presets.
6 MD test Setting MD micro computer to test mode.

Shipping status setting test mode

Purpose: To set up the unit for shipping.
Function: Initialize all functions.
Operation: All settings are initialized, "FINISH" is displayed as in the sample display, and data entry is prohibited includin g data

to turn on or off the unit.

To exit the test mode

The unit returns to the normal operation through reset entry.

Table Character display for test mode 1

Character display

Item Type Auxiliary display 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0

Test mode name I N I T I A L
Set-Up Complete Function F I N I S H

Auxiliary display

Note

In the destination display, a destination code is displayed. For the span display, "9" means 9 kHz/50 kHz, and "10" means 10/
100 kHz.

– 32 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

2. Soft reset

Purpose: To initialize the unit.
Function: To initialize all functions.
Operation: "ALL CLEAR" is displayed, all functions are initialized, and the unit is turned on.

To exit the test mode

When the initialization through soft reset is complete, the unit is turned on.

Table Character display for test mode 2

Character display

Item Type Auxiliary display 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Reset operation Operation A L L C L E A R
display

3. CD test mode (If this test mode is not activated, refer to CD troubleshooting on page 89.)

In the CD test mode, each step can be performed even if the LID-SW is off. However, if you cannot obtain a focus in step
3 or if other kind of error handling starts, you cannot proceed to the following steps. In error handling, press the POWER key
to exit the test mode, or press the STOP key to prohibit operations other than returning to step 1.

(1) Step 1 mode

In the CD test mode, the following display appears, CD initialization is performed, and you are prompted for data.
Reset operation display / Operation
"CD_TEST"
After lighting up for one second

Auxiliary display

Note

"T1___________0:00"
The keys you can press here and the resulting operations are as follows:

"POWER"........... The test mode is turned off, the power is turned off, and the unit is placed in the normal stand-by mode.

"FWD" ................While holding down this key, the pickup moves outward after returning to the innermost track.

"REV" ................. While holding down this key, the pickup moves inward after returning to the innermost track.

"PLAY" ...............Jumps to step 2.

"STOP"............... Cancelled.

"TAPE REC" ...... Jumps to step 5.

* While the pickup is moving to the innermost track in the initialization, none of the keys except POWER is accepted. When PU-

IN SW ON cannot be detected in ten seconds, the unit stops the slide motor and shows the following error code. Then, you
can press the POWER key to exit the test mode, or the STOP key to return to step 1. You cannot perform other operations.

"E--CD01"

(2) Step 2 mode

When the "PLAY" key is pressed in the above mode, the laser is turned on. At this time, another operation must not be

performed.

Display "T2___________0:00"
The keys you can press here and the resulting operations are as follows:

"POWER" ........... The test mode is turned off, the power is turned off, and the unit is placed in the normal stand-by mode.

"FWD"................. While holding down this key, the pickup is moved outward.

"REV".................. While holding down this key, the pickup is moved inward.

"PLAY"................ Jumps to step 2.

"STOP" ............... Returns to step 1.

"TAPE REC"....... Jumps to step 5.

(3) Step 3 mode

Performs focus search and turns on the focus servo.
Focus search is repeated until it is brought into focus.

Display "T3___________0:00"
The keys you can press here and the resulting operations are as follows:

"POWER" ........... The test mode is turned off, the power is turned off, and the unit is placed in the normal stand-by mode.

"FF/FWD" ........... While holding down this key, the pickup is moved outward.

"REW/REV" ........ While holding down this key, the pickup is moved inward.

"PLAY"................ Jumping to step 4 when a focus is obtained. Otherwise, data entry is prohibited.

"STOP" ............... Returns to step 1.

"TAPE REC"....... Jumps to step 5.

* You should return to step 1 if it is out of focus after bringing it into focus.

– 33 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

(4) Step 4 mode

Rotate a disc.
Displayed string: "T4___________0:00"
The clock display should always be "0:00".

The keys you can press here and the resulting operations are as follows:

"POWER" ........... The test mode is turned off, the power is turned off, and the unit is placed in the normal stand-by mode.

"FF/FWD" ........... While holding down this key, the pickup is moved outward.

"REW/REV" ........ While holding down this key, the pickup is moved inward.

"PLAY"................ Jumps to step 5.

"STOP" ............... Returns to step 1.

"TAPE REC"....... Jumps to step 5.

* You should return to step 1 if it is out of focus.

(5) Step 5 mode

Start playback. When the pickup reaches the outermost track, it does not stop. The LCD screen shows the replay time elapsed

as in the normal CD playback.
Display "T5___________0:00"
The keys you can press here and the resulting operations are as follows:

"POWER" ........... The test mode is turned off, the power is turned off, and the unit is placed in the normal stand-by mode.

"FWD"................. While holding down this key, the pickup is moved outward.

"REV".................. While holding down this key, the pickup is moved inward.

"PLAY"................ Canceled.

"STOP" ............... Returns to step 1.

* You should return to step 1 if it is out of focus.

Notes:

• In the test mode, TOC IL is not performed.

• Only the keys for adjusting the volume are accepted except the keys described.

4. Tuner test frequency preset

Purpose: To preset a test frequency for an in-factory test.
Function: To preset each preset number to the band and frequency shown in Table 34 based on the initial setting for the

destination.

Operation: To preset the band and frequency shown in the table below and turn the unit on with the following setting.

Function Tuner
Band FM monaural
Tuning mode Preset call selection
Call preset number Preset number 1 frequency
Band's last preset channel See Table 34
X-BASS Off
Preset equalizer FLAT

For other functions, the value which was set when the unit was turned off last time is valid (last state).
To exit the test mode
After the frequency is preset and the set-up is done, the unit is turned on and normal operations start.

Table 34. TEST-TuSet preset frequencies

BAND CD-MD3000HCH CD-MD3000W

1 % FM 87.5 MHz FM 87.5 MHz
2 FM 108.0 MHz FM 108.0 MHz
3 FM FM 90.0 MHz FM 90.0 MHz
4 FM 106.0 MHz FM 106.0 MHz
5 FM 98.0 MHz FM 98.0 MHz

6 % AM 522 kHz AM 531 kHz
7 AM 1620 kHz AM 1602 kHz
8 AM AM 603 kHz AM 603 kHz
9 AM 1404 kHz AM 1404 kHz
10 AM 990 kHz AM 990 kHz

11-40

Unused channels are indicated with "––".
"%" indicates the last channel for each band.
All FM bands are preset to FM monaural.

– 34 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

MD SECTION

Enter the test mode, adjust or set as shown in the following table according to the repair operations.

Execution item

Repair
operations

PICK replacement

required

TEMP

basic

setting
TEMP

Checking

EEPROM

setting

EEPROM_SET

1

Writing the

EEPROM

setting

TEST-CANCEL

AUTO-YOBI

AUTO–YOBI AUTO–ADJ AUTO–FAB

2

adjustment

3

AUTO-

adjustment

4

AUTO-FAB

adjustment

5

Writing the

EEPROM

setting

TEST-CANCEL

TEST-PLAY

6

Operation check

TEST-REC

7

8

HEAD replacement
MECHANISM

replacement
MAIN PWB

assembly replacement
MD microcomputer

replacement
MD LSI replacement

RF IC replacement
EEPROM IC

replacement

number to and

1

89

1

1

2

2
3

1

1
1

2
2

3
3

indicate the order of inplementation.

3

4

1

4
4

" – " is an item that you don't have to execute.

The EEPROM writing result is shown at the end of the test mode
OK_EEPROM: "SET" and "YOBI COMPLETE" were written normally
WR_EEPROM:

Although "SET" was written normally, it was not written in the "YOBI COMPLETE" state.

Peform "AUTO-YOBI" adjustment. After making a normal adjustment,
write the preliminary adjustment into the EEPROM.

NG_EEPROM: "SET" could not be written.

Check the connection between the MD microcomputer and the EEPROM.

Extension Cable

Type

Part No.

1 Extension PWB for servicing RUNTK0532AFZZ
2 Extension Connector (2 Pin) QCNWK0129AFZZ
3 Extension Cable (6 Pin) QCNWK0130AFZZ
4 Extension Cable (5 Pin) QCNWK0109AFZZ
5 Extension Cable (28 Pin) QCNWK0108AFZZ

1

4

5

2

5
5

5
6
2

3

6
6

6
7
3
4
7
7

7

8
4
5

8

8

8
9
5
6
9
9

From Magnetic Head

From Optical
Pickup Unit

Extension PWB for service

(RUNTK0532AFZZ)

Fit the extension PWB for service to the mechanism

From mechanism
switch PWB

28Pin extension flat cable

QCNWK0108AFZZ

6Pin extension flat cable

QCNWK0130AFZZ

5Pin extension flat cable

QCNWK0109AFZZ

Figure 35

– 35 –

2Pin extension connector
QCNWK0129AFZZ

MD MAIN PWB

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

Operation/Input table for MD test mode 1

Button/Remoto

control input

[POWER] O O ___ Single press Turning on/off the power of the set.

[EQ] O O B 2 h Single press Test mode menu feed. To the servo adjustment

[X-BASS] O O B 4 h Single press Test mode menu feed. To the recording mode

[PLAY] O O F 2 h Single press Test mode menu feed. To other modes

[REV PLAY] O O A 8 h Single press Menu reverse feed in each mode.

[TAPE REC] O O A 2 h Single press
[STOP] O O A 7 h Single press Cancellation of each test item and transition to the

[FF/CUE] O O A A h Single press 1) Outer periphery feed of the slide motor (FWD).

[REW/REV] O O A C h Single press 1) Inner periphery feed of the slide motor (REV).

[JOG UP] O F 3 h ___ 1) Forced UNLOAD feed of a disc

[JOG DOWN] O F 4 h ___ 1) Forced LOAD feed of a disc

[DISP/CHARACTER] O O F 5 h Single press 1) Laser switching in the EJECT mode

[MENU] O O 1 F h + D 1 h Single press To the operation mode without auto adjustment
[LOADING SW] O B 5 h ___ Execution of normal loading operation
[MD EJECT] O B 3 h Single press Execution of normal eject operation

Main unit

Remoto

control

Transmission

command

to MD

Pressing

time

When the power of the set is in the on state, it is
turned off; when it is in the off state, it is turned on.

mode (Feed of the menu for the adjustment and
EEPROM)

(Feed of the menu mainly for the continuous
playback and continuous recording)

(Feed of the menu of the INNER mode,
JUMP SELECT, etc.)

(Effective in each test mode)
Decision of the menu select or start of its execution.

menu select of one higher order

Continuous Continued outer periphery feed
press 2) Execution of JUMP

3) Address set value UP
Others

Continuous Continued inner periphery feed
press 2) Execution of JUMP

3) Address set value DOWN
Others

2) Adjustment value +1

2) Adjustment value -1

2) Display switching during continuous playback
Others

Function

1. Preparation for adjustment Test disc

Type

1 High reflection disc TGYS1 (SONY) [for Playback] RRCDT0101AFZZ
2 Low reflection disc Recording minidisc ––––––––––––

SONY 80 minutes disc is recommended.(example:PRISM 80)
3 Head Adjusting transparent RRCDT0103AFZZ
4 Low reflection disc Pre-adjustment disc [TEAC Test MD] 88GMMD-318 or

Test disc Part No.

88GMMD-213AS

– 36 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

2. Test Mode

Test mode setting method

1. "MD TEST 1" ENTER.
(State A is changed to state B .)

2. Insert the playback-only disc 1 (high reflection disc) or the recordable disc 2 (low reflection disc). (State is changed to C.)
A tsm 1C e : TEST MODE represents version of MD microcomputer.

STOP state

B EJECT

(When the MD STOP button is pressed in the C state, the indication A is

C AUT AJST

Entering the specific mode

Whenever the EQUALIZER button is pressed, the mode is changed.

(AUTO prelimirary adjustment)

ERR DATA

(ERRER DATA)

AUTO YOBI

(AUTO adjustment)

EEPROM_SET

(EEPROM setting)

Cancel of test mode

To restore the usual state once reset.
*Before pressing the MENU button, be sure to perform the AUTO preliminary adjustment and the AUTO adjustment. Make sure
that they return a "COMPLETE" result.
*When the data of EEPROM was changed or the preliminary adjustment was performed again, be sure to press the MENU button
to write data in the EEPROM.
(Data is written in the EEPROM by pressing the MENU button.)
*When changing the EEPROM settings, write them into the EEPROM and then enter the test mode again. Perform the AUTO
preliminary adjustment and the AUTO adjustment. Then, write those into the EEPROM.

• Test Mode

1. EJECT mode • TEMP setting (of EEPROM setting)

2. AUTO pre-adjustment mode • Automatic pre-adjustment is performed.

3. AUTO adjustment mode • Automatic adjustment is performed. (After adjustment the grating adjustment mode is set.)

• RESULT sub-mode • Therefore do not set this mode since it is not necessary for the service.

• RESULT mode (final adjustment)

• MANUAL pre-adjustment mode

• MANUAL adjustment mode

• MANUAL AFB adjustment mode

• ERROR DATA

4. EEPROM setting mode • Various coefficients of digital servo are changed manually.

5. TEST-PLAY mode • Continuous playback from the specified address is performed.

6. TEST-REC mode • Continuous recording from the specified address is performed.

7. INNER mode • The position where the INNER switch is turned on is measured.

restored. To restore C again, press the EQUALIZER button.)

AUTO AJST

AUT AFB

(Advanced FAB adjustment)

(MANUAL advanced FAB adjustment)

• CONTROL setting (of EEPROM setting)

• Setting of laser power (record/playback power)

• C1 error rate measurement, ADIP error rate measurement.

MAN AFB

MNU AJST

(MANUAL adjustment)

RST YOBI

(RESULT

YOBI)

(MANUAL pre-adjustment)

RESULT

MNU YOBI

1. EJECT mode

Step No.

Step 1 Test mode EJECT state [ _ _ E J E C T _ _ _ ]
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4

Step 5 Press the X-BASS button. TEMP setting of EEPROM setting [TEMP _ _ ]
Step 6 Press the PLAY button. CONTROL setting of EEPROM setting

MD TEST

Press the DISP/CHARACTER button.
Press the DISP/CHARACTER button.
Press the DISP/CHARACTER button.

Setting Method

Step Mode

Playback power output

1

[ppw]

Recording power output

2

[rpw]
Cannot enter

[rpw] mode

Remarks Display

Playback power output state [ p p w _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ]
Rec power output state [ r p w _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ]
Therefore do not set this mode since it is not necessary [ x p w _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ]

Check items

Pin 3 of IC1401

DC0.2V
DC1.5V

DC1.8V
Below DC1.5V
–NG

Result Probable cause and remedy

To check 2NG–

Microcomputer may have recognized the PWB
as for playback-only. Perform check 1.

Check end
NG

–
Perform check 2.
Microcomputer may have recognized the PWB

as for playback-only. Perform check 1.

for the service.

– 37 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

If "R/P WHICH?" appears, the mechanism and the PWB can be mismatched. Check whether the combination of the playing/
recording PWB and mechanism are appropriate.
If "R/P WHICH?" still appears, eject the disc and check as follows.
Check 1: Check the pin 100 line of IC1401 for defective soldering. Check the pin 93 line of IC1401 for short-circuit and defective

soldering (Also check the SW PWB).

Check 2: Check the pin 3 line of IC1401 for defective soldering and short-circuit with other patterns. Check that the pickup laser

is not broken.

Confirmation of pickup laser power

It is possible to confirm in the record/playback mode with the aid of laser power meter. However, since the laser power meter
measurement is characterized with dispersion, obtained data are used only for confirmation.
Reference data (at room temperature 25°C)
Playback: 0.72±0.1 mW
Record: 5.5±0.5 mW
Note: Never see directly the laser light. Otherwise your eyes are injured.

2. AUTO pre-adjustment mode (Low reflection disc only)

With the pre-adjustment disc (MMD-318)

Step No.

Step 1 Test mode STOP state [ t s m e ]
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4

Step 5 Grating adjustment, [ _ C O M P L E T E _ ]

Step 6 Adjustment value output [ C a n ' t _ A D J . ]

Setting Method

Press once the EQUALIZER button.
Press once the REV PLAY button.
Press once the TAPE REC button.

End of adjustment If adjustment is OK, Step 5.

adjustment value output
Press once the MD STOP button.

Press once the MD STOP button.

AUTO adjustment menu [ A U T O _ A J S T _ ]
AUTO pre-adjustment menu [ _ A U T _ Y O B I _ ]

• During automatic adjustment changes as follows. [ : _ _ _ _ _ _ ]
HAo→ • • • • • • • • • →LAO

If adjustment is NG, Step 6.

STEP 3 AUTO pre-adjustment menu

STEP 3 AUTO pre-adjustment menu

• : Adjustment name

3. AUTO adjustment mode

Step No.

Step 1 Test mode STOP state The AUTO preliminary adjustment should have been completed. [ t s m e ]
Step 2
Step 3

Step 4 Adjustment value output For grating adjustment [ _ C O M P L E T E _ ]

Step 5 Continuous playback (pit section) Confirmation of CI error [ s c ]

Step 6

Step 7 Continuous playback (pit section) Confirmation of Jitter [ s j ]

Step 8 Adjustment value output [ C a n ' t _ A D J . ]

Setting Method

Press once the EQUALIZER button.
Press once the TAPE REC button.

End of adjustment If adjustment is OK, Step 4.

Press the TAPE REC button. STEP 5
Press the

Continuous playback (groove section)
Press the DISP/CHARACTER button.

Press the

Continuous playback (groove section)

Press the

MD STOP

MD STOP

MD STOP

button. STEP 2 AUTO adjustment

button. STEP 2 AUTO adjustment menu

button. STEP 2 AUTO adjustment menu

AUTO adjustment menu [ A U T O _ A J S T _ ]
The slide moves to the innermost periphery, and automatic [ : _ _ _ _ _ _ ]

adjustment is started.

• In case of high reflection disc
PEG→HAG

• In case of low reflection disc changes as follows.
PEG→LAG

If adjustment is NG, Step 8.

Conformation of ADIP error (High reflection disc STEP 7) [ a a ]

• : Adjustment name, : Measurement value, : Address

4. AUTO AFB adjustment mode (Low reflection disc only)

Step No.

Step 1 Test mode STOP state The AUTO preliminary adjustment should have been completed. [ t s m e ]
Step 2
Step 3

Step 4 Adjustment value output STEP 2 AUTO adjustment [ _ _ _ _]

• , , : Measurement value

Setting Method

Press the EQUALIZER button two times.
Press the TAPE REC button.

Press the

MD STOP

button.

AUTO FAB adjustment menu [ _ A U T _ A F B _ _ ]
The slide moves to the innermost periphery, and automatic [F A B _ ]

"PB_DISC_ _ _ " (HIGH reflection DISC)

– 38 –

Remarks

Remarks Display

changes as follows.

Remarks Display

Display

[ a c ]

[ a j ]

5. EEPROM setting mode

A) Focus setting

Step No.

Step 1 Test mode STOP state [ t s m e ]
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 6
Step 7
Step 8
Step 9
Step 10
Step 11
Step 12

Press the EQUALIZER button eight times.
Press the TAPE REC button.
Press the TAPE REC button.
Press the
Press the
Press the
Press the
Press the
Press the
Press the
Press the

Setting Method Display

[ E E P R O M_ S E T ]
[ _ _ F o c u s _ _ _ ]

[F G _ _ _ _ _ _ ]
EQUALIZER
EQUALIZER
EQUALIZER
EQUALIZER
EQUALIZER
EQUALIZER
EQUALIZER
EQUALIZER

button.
button.
button.
button.
button.
button.
button.
button.

[F F 0 _ _ _ _ _ ]

[F F 1 _ _ _ _ _ ]

[F F 2 _ _ _ _ _ ]

[F Z H L E V _ _ ]

[F O K L E V h _ ]

[F O K L E V L _ ]

[F O S T n _ _ _ ]

[D S C J G _ _ _ ]

• : Setting value

B) Spin setting

Step No.

Step 1 Test mode STOP state [ t s m e ]
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 6
Step 7
Step 8
Step 9
Step 10
Step 11
Step 12
Step 13
Step 14
Step 15

Press the EQUALIZER button eight times.
Press the TAPE REC button.
Press the
Press the TAPE REC button.
Press
Press the
Press the
Press the
Press the
Press the
Press the
Press the
Press the
Press the

Setting Method

EQUALIZER

the

EQUALIZER
EQUALIZER
EQUALIZER
EQUALIZER
EQUALIZER
EQUALIZER
EQUALIZER
EQUALIZER
EQUALIZER
EQUALIZER

button.

bu

tton.
button.
button.
button.
button.
button.
button.
button.
button.
button.

Display

[ E E P R O M_ S E T ]
[ _ _ F o c u s _ _ _ ]
[ _ S p i n d l e _ _ ]
[S P G _ _ _ _ _ ]
[S P G _ i n _ _ ]
[S P G _ m i d _ ]
[S P G _ o u t _ ]
[S P 1 _ _ _ _ _ ]
[S P 2 _ _ _ _ _ ]
[S P 3 _ _ _ _ _ ]
[S P 4 _ _ _ _ _ ]
[S P 5 _ _ _ _ _ ]
[S P D L I M _ _ ]
[S P K L E V m _ ]

• : Setting value

C) Tracking setting

Step No.

Step 1 Test mode STOP state [ t s m e ]
Step 2
Step 3 Press the TAPE REC button. [ _ _ F o c u s _ _ _ ]
Step 4
Step 5 Press the TAPE REC button. [T G _ _ _ _ _ _ ]
Step 6 Press the EQUALIZER button. [T F 0 _ _ _ _ _ ]
Step 7 Press the EQUALIZER button. [T F 1 _ _ _ _ _ ]
Step 8 Press the EQUALIZER button. [T F 2 _ _ _ _ _ ]
Step 9 Press the EQUALIZER button. [F T 3 _ _ _ _ _ ]
Step 10 Press the EQUALIZER button.[S V C N T 4 _ _ ]
Step 11 Press the EQUALIZER button. [T R B L V o _ _ ]
Step 12 Press the EQUALIZER button [T R B L V t _ _ ]
Step 13 Press the EQUALIZER button [T R K L V o _ _ ]
Step 14 Press the EQUALIZER button [T R K L V t _ _ ]
Step 15 Press the EQUALIZER button [T D P W o _ _ _ ]
Step 16 Press the EQUALIZER button [T D P W t _ _ _ ]
Step 17 Press the EQUALIZER button [S L C T o _ _ _ ]
Step 18 Press the EQUALIZER button [S L C T t _ _ _ ]

Press the EQUALIZER button eight times.

Press the EQUALIZER button two times.

Setting Method

Display

[ E E P R O M_ S E T ]

[ _ T r a c k i n g _ ]

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 39 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

C) Tracking setting

Step No.

Step 19 Press the EQUALIZER button. [S L C T m _ _ _ ]
Step 20 Press the EQUALIZER button. [T C R S C 1 P _ ]
Step 21 Press the EQUALIZER button. [T C R S C 0 h _ ]
Step 22 Press the EQUALIZER button. [T C R S C 0 L _ ]
Step 23 Press the EQUALIZER button. [T C R S C H h _ ]
Step 24 Press the EQUALIZER button. [T C R S C H L _ ]
Step 25 Press the EQUALIZER button. [C O T L V p _ _ ]
Step 26 Press the EQUALIZER button. [C O T L V r _ _ ]
Step 27 Press the EQUALIZER button. [J P i n t _ _ _ ]
Step 28 Press the EQUALIZER button. [K I K 1 0 _ _ _ ]

• : Setting value

D) Sled setting

Step No.

Step 1 Test mode STOP state [ t s m e ]
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 6 Press the EQUALIZER button. [S L 2 _ _ _ _ _ ]
Step 7 Press the EQUALIZER button. [S L D L I M _ _ ]
Step 8 Press the EQUALIZER button. [S L D L E V _ _ ]
Step 9 Press the EQUALIZER button. [S L K L V k _ _ ]
Step 10 Press the EQUALIZER button. [S L K L V t _ _ ]
Step 11 Press the EQUALIZER button. [S L K L V m _ _ ]
Step 12 Press the EQUALIZER button. [S L B K M _ _ _ ]
Step 13 Press the EQUALIZER button. [S L K r i o _ _ ]
Step 14 Press the EQUALIZER button. [S L K r o i _ _ ]
Step 15 Press the EQUALIZER button. [S L K l i o _ _ ]
Step 16 Press the EQUALIZER button. [S L K l o i _ _ ]

• : Setting value

E) TEMP setting

Step No.

Step 1 EJECT state [ _ _ E J E C T _ _ _ ]
Step 2 Press the X-BASS button. [ T E M P_ _ ]

• : Setting value, : Measurement value

F) CONTROL setting

Step No.

Step 1 Test mode STOP state [ t s m e ]
Step 2
Step 3 Press the TAPE REC button. [ _ _ F o c u s _ _ _ ]
Step 4
Step 5 Press the TAPE REC button. [C O N T R L 1 _ ]
Step 6 Press the EQUALIZER button. [C O N T R L 2 _ ]
Step 7 Press the EQUALIZER button. [A D J T T M _ _ ]
Step 8 Press the EQUALIZER button. [H D E Q A D _ _ ]
Step 9 Press the EQUALIZER button. [L D E Q A D _ _ ]
Step 10 Press the EQUALIZER button. [G D E Q A D _ _ ]
Step 11 Press the EQUALIZER button. [H D E Q B C _ _ ]
Step 12 Press the EQUALIZER button. [L D E Q B C _ _ ]
Step 13 Press the EQUALIZER button. [G D E Q B C _ _ ]
Step 14 Press the EQUALIZER button. [H A L S G _ _ _ ]
Step 15 Press the EQUALIZER button. [L A L S G _ _ _ ]

Setting Method

Setting Method

Press the EQUALIZER button eight times.
Press the TAPE REC button.
Press the EQUALIZER button three times.
Press the TAPE REC button.

Setting Method

Setting Method

Press the EQUALIZER button eight times.

Press the EQUALIZER button five times.

[ E E P R O M_ S E T ]
[ _ _ F o c u s _ _ _ ]
[ _ _ _ S l e d _ _ _ ]
[S L G _ _ _ _ _ ]

[ E E P R O M_ S E T ]

[ _ C o n t r o l _ _ ]

Display

Display

Display

Display

– 40 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

Step No.

Step 16 Press the EQUALIZER button.[G A L S G _ _ _ ]
Step 17 Press the EQUALIZER button.[H A L S O F S _ ]
Step 18 Press the EQUALIZER button.[L A L S O F S _ ]
Step 19 Press the EQUALIZER button.[G A L S O F S _ ]

Setting Method

Display

• : Setting value

G) ADJUST setting

Step No.

Step 1 Test mode STOP state [ t s m e ]
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 6 Press the EQUALIZER button. [F A T _ _ _ _ _ ]
Step 7 Press the EQUALIZER button. [T A T _ _ _ _ _ ]
Step 8 Press the EQUALIZER button. [C A T _ _ _ _ _ ]
Step 9 Press the EQUALIZER button. [F A B _ _ _ _ _ ]
Step 10 Press the EQUALIZER button. [S T R _ _ _ _ _ ]
Step 11 Press the EQUALIZER button. [S F S _ _ _ _ _ ]
Step 12 Press the EQUALIZER button. [S T C _ _ _ _ _ ]

Press the EQUALIZER button eight times.
Press the TAPE REC button.
Press the EQUALIZER button six times.
Press the TAPE REC button.

Setting Method

Display

[ E E P R O M_ S E T ]
[ _ _ F o c u s _ _ _ ]
[A D J S E T _ _ _ _ ]
[C O K _ _ _ _ _ ]

• : Setting value

6. TEST-PLAY mode

(For confirmation of the playback ability at the named address.)

Step No.

Step 1 Test mode STOP state The AUTO preliminary adjustment should have been completed. [ t s m e ]
Step 2 Press the X-BASS button. TEST-PLAY menu [ T E S T _ P L A Y _ ]
Step 3

Step 4 Continuous playback (pit section) (Address + C1 error indication) [s c ]

Step 5

Step 6 Continuous playback (pit section) Address + Jitter [s j ]

Step 7

• Whenever the X-BASS button is pressed in the address setting mode, the address changes as follows.
0 0 3 2 → 0 3 C 0 → 0 7 0 0 → 0 8 A 0 → 0 9 5 0 → 0 0 3 2 →

Press once the DISP/CHARACTER button.
Press once the TAPE REC button.

Continuous playback (groove section)
Press once the DISP/CHARACTER button.

Continuous playback (groove section)

Continuous playback (groove section)
Press once the MD STOP button

Setting Method

Remarks

ADDRESS setting (Target address initial value is indicated) [ A D R E S _ 0 0 3 2 ]

(Address + C1 error indication) [a c ]
(Address + ADIP error indication) [a a ]

(HIGH reflection STEP 6)

. TEST-PLAY menu [ T E S T _ P L A Y _ ]

…………

Display

[a j ]

7. TEST-REC mode

With recording mini disk (For confirmation of the playback ability at the named address.)

Step No.

Step 1 Test mode STOP state The AUTO preliminary adjustment should have been completed. [ t s m e ]
Step 2 Press twice the X-BASS button. TEST-REC menu [ T E S T _ R E C _ _ ]
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5

• Whenever the X-BASS button is pressed in the address setting mode, the address changes as follows.
0 0 3 2 → 0 3 C 0 → 0 7 0 0 → 0 8 A 0 → 0 9 5 0 → 0 0 3 2 →

Press once the DISP/CHARACTER button.
Press once the TAPE REC button.
Press once the MD STOP button.

Setting Method

Remarks Display

ADDERS setting (indication of address initial value) [ a 0 0 3 2 _ p w ]
Continuous recording [ a _ p w ]
TEST-REC menu [ T E S T _ R E C _ _ ]

…………

8. INNER mode

Step No.

Step 1 Test mode STOP state [ t s m e ]
Step 2 Press the MD PLAY button. INNER menu [ _ _ I N N E R _ _ ]
Step 3

Step 4

• : Address

Press once the TAPE REC button.

Press once the MD STOP button.

Setting Method

Remarks Display

INNER switch position measurement [s c ]
(SUBQ address and C1 error are also indicated.)

INNER menu [ _ _ I N N E R _ _ ]

– 41 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

Lead-in switch position measurement mode

Insert the high reflection test disk TGYS1.
Note: Adjust the lead-in switch position within the range of FF85 ­FFD2.

1. Measure the lead-in switch position. Loosen the screw (A1) x 1 pc.
which fixes the mechanism switch PWB.

2. When the lead-in switch is located FF85 or less, tighten the screw
while pressing the PWB in the direction of the arrow A. When FFD2
or more, to direction B. Measure the lead-in switch position again.
After position adjustment is completed, fix the PWB with the screw
(A1) x 1 pc.(shown in Figure 42-1)

Magnetic head mounting position check

• Check the mounting position whenever the magnetic head and the

optical pickup are replaced.

• Move the optical pickup to the center to adjust the position easily.

1. Set the adjusting transparent disc 3.

2. Press down the magnetic head up shift arm by hand to raise the

magnetic head.

3. View the set from above to check whether the magnetic head aligns

with the optical pickup objective lens.

4. Check that the magnetic head moves up and down smoothly.

(shown in Figure 42-2)

A

B

(A1) X1

Figure 42-1

Magnetic head

Tangential direction

Objective lens

Radiai

Head up- shift arm

Rotating the loading motor forcibly

The loading motor can be rotated forcibly by rotating the JOG UP/
DOWN knob while STOP or EJECT in the test mode appears on the
display.

Mechanism Adjustment

1. Optical pickup grating inspecting method

4 Pin of IC1201

GND (TP1202)

11Pin of IC1201

EOUT (TP1253)

12 Pin of IC1201

FIN (TP1253)

100K

470p

470p

100K

OSILLOSCOPE

GND CH1 CH2

XY

b

LISSAJOUS'S WAVEFORM

Less than a:b = 4:1

a

Figure 42-3 Optical Pickup Grating Deviation

Measuring Method

After auto adjustment (COMPLETE appears) in the test mode (auto)
using the high reflection MD disc TGYS1, adjust the Lissajou's
waveform (x-y) of EOUT to FOUT.

1. Slightly loosen the 3 screws of the spindle motor, adjust while

observing the Lissajou's waveform.

2. After adjustment, tighten screws 1, 2, and 3 in numerical order.

(See Fig. 42-4.)

Figure 42-2

2

3

1

2

1

3

adjusting
hole

Check the Lissajou's waveform,
shifting the mounting position with
a screwdriver (to be fitted into the
disc motor adjusting hole).

Figure 42-4

– 42 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

EEPROM WRITING PROCEDURE

EEPROM (IC1402) writing procedure

1. Method for setting the reference temperature value

(This setting should be performed quickly at a room
temperature, between 21°C and 29°C when the PWB is not
hot.)

(1) When replacing the EEPROM, wait until it has cooled down.
(2) Connect the main unit using the single MD main PWB.
(3) Enter the test mode as shown on page 38.

"EJECT"

(4) Press the X-BASS button.

"TEMP "

:Measured temperature, : Temperature setting

(5) Find the temperature correction value for the current ambient

temperature on the following table. Adjust the temperature
correction value using the JOG UP/DOWN knob.

Ambient temperature

+ 21.0 °C ~ + 23.2 °C -1 H
+ 23.3 °C ~ + 26.8 °C ± 0 H
+ 26.9 °C ~ + 29.0 °C +1 H

An example: When ambient temperature is 22°C and measured

temperature is 7AH
Temperature setting = 7A H - 01 H

= 79 H
* When the measured temperature fluctuates between
two values, take lower one (if temperature fluctuates
between 7AH and 79H, take 79H).

(6) Press the MENU button and write the temperature setting into

the EEPROM.

correction

EEPROM DATA LIST (Version : 02)
Focus setting

Item indication

F G B 1 H
F F 0 1 0 H
F F 1 7 0 H
F F 2 E 0 H
F Z H L E V E D H
F O K L E V h 0 7 H
F O K L E V L 0 9 H
F O S T n 2 C H
D S C J G 1 4 H

Spin setting

Item indication Setting

S P G 1 0 H
S P G — i n 5 C H
S P G — m i d 4 8 H
S P G — o u t 3 8 H
S P 1 1 0 H
S P 2 9 3 H
S P 3 E D H
S P 4 E E H
S P 5 2 0 H
S P D L I M 6 4 H
S P K L E V m 1 5 H

Setting

2. Method for making settings other than the reference
temperature

(1) Install the MD main PWB in the mechanism, and connect it to

the main unit.

(2) Enter the test mode as shown on page 38, and insert a disc.

"AUTO AJST"

(3) Press the EQALIZER button seven times.

"EEPROM SET"

(4) Set the value according to the EEPROM DATA LIST using the

JOG knob.

(5) Press the MENE button, and the settings will be written into the

EEPROM.

(6) Enter the test mode again, perform an "AUTO YOBI adjustment",

and write the results into the EEPROM.

Tracking setting

Item indication

T G 6 B H
T F 0 1 0 H
T F 1 6 B H
T F 2 F 0 H
F T 3 0 8 H
S V C N T 4 0 1 H
T R B L V o 6 8 H
T R B L V t 5 0 H
T R K L V o 6 0 H
T R K L V t 2 E H
T D P W o 6 7 H
T D P W t 2 1 H
S L C T o 0 0 H
S L C T t 5 0 H
S L C T m 5 3 H
T C R S C I P 1 6 H
T C R S C 0 h 0 0 H
T C R S C 0 L F A H
T C R S C H h 0 2 H
T C R S C H L 0 2 H
C O T L V P 0 5 H
C O T L V r 1 5 H
J P i n t 0 0 H
K I K 1 0 6 4 H

Setting

– 43 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

Sled setting

Item indication Setting

S L G 3 E H
S L 2 1 0 H
S L D L I M 7 F H
S L D L E V 1 2 H
S L K L V k 5 5 H
S L K L V t 2 E H
S L K L V m 5 5 H
S L B K m 0 8 H
S L K r i o 6 0 H
S L K r o i 6 8 H
S L K l i o 6 8 H
S L K l i o 6 0 H

Control setting

Item indication Setting

C O N T R L 1 0 8 H
C O N T R L 2 0 2 H
A D J T T M 1 4 H
H D E Q A D 9 2 H
L D E Q A D 8 E H
G D E Q A D 9 1 H
M D E Q B C 8 C H
L D E Q B C 8 F H
G D E Q B C 8 A H
H A L S G 1 1 H
L A L S G 1 1 H
G A L S G 1 1 H
H A L S O F S F C H
L A L S O F S 0 0 H
G A L S O F S 0 0 H
A J S T 0 0 H

ADJUST setting

Item indication Setting

C O K 5 8 H
F A T C 0 H
T A T 3 E H
C A T 4 0 H
F A B *(6 4 H )
S T R 0 B H
S F S 0 D H
S T C 0 D H

Note: * A change is made after AFB adjustment.

ERROR MESSAGE LIST

CD error messages

Errors

Messages

Pickup mechanism error E-CD01 Slide motor operation error (PU-IN SW detection NG)
Tray error E-CD20 Tray open/close operation error
Changer mechanism error E-CD10 Changer mechanism operation error

TUNER error messages

Errors

Messages

Relation to RDS WEAK SIG When switching to an EON station,
EON reception impossible it cannot be received due to weak signal.

PLL UN LOCK Frequency Reception error or PLL control error

indicator
flashing

TAPE error messages

Errors

Messages

You tried to record on a tape 'PROTECTED'
removing the recording
prevention tabs.

TAPE mechanism error E-TA01 Mechanism initialize abnormal end

– 44 –

Remarks

Remarks

Remarks

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

MD error messages

Errors

Communication with MD is impossible. 'MD?'
There are no tracks on the disc. 'BLANK MD'
When digitally recording from a copy-inhibited source. 'CAN' T COPY'
Error occurs during edit operation. 'CAN' T EDIT'
Audio memory over during recording 'CAN' T REC'

SD write error occurs continuously.
Focus pull-in process time over. 'CANT READ' * indicates detail factor.

Track search process timer over. f: Focus error

There is no free area on the disc when recording. 'DISC FULL'
EEPROM readout checksum error. 'E-MD80'
Loading mechanism operation error. 'E-MD**' ** indicates operation state.

The number of characters for the name information exceeds 100. 'NAME FULL'
It is decided that there is no MD. 'MD NO DISC'
A track other than audio is played back. 'NOT AUDIO' Displayed when playback sound is

You tried to record on or edit a playback-only MD. 'PLAY MD'
You tried to record on or edit a recordable MD which is 'PROTECTED'

write-protected.
High temperature is detected. 'TEMP OVER
P-TOC information readout is not completed. 'CANT READ*' * indicates detail factor.

There is no space for slot during recording/editing 'TOC FULL'
There is no space for slot when inputting the name information. 'TOC FULL*' * is a sector number.
It is judged abnormal during UTOC write test. 'E-MD41' ** is an error number.
Signal is not synchronized when recording using the digital input 'NO SIGNAL'
U-TOC information readout is not completed. 'CAN' T READ*' * indicates detail factor.

Abnormal data DISC detection. TOC FORM ** * indicates detail factor.

UTOC write is not normally completed. 'CANT WRITE'
It is detected that it is a disc other than audio MD. '? DISC
The track to be edited is in the write protection mode. 'TR. Protect'

Messages

Remarks

r: READ ERR
s: Search time over
w: SD write time over

(Error code)
1*: Recording head up
2*: Recording head down
f*: EJECT
If it occurs continuously, it is
described in the operation manual
that repair should be referred to a
dealer.

not output.

a: Servo adjustment error
f: Focus error
s: Search time over
r: READ ERR

u: UTOC READ ERR

L*: Loop
a_: Address error
t_: FTNO>LTNO

– 45 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

• Resistor:

NOTES ON SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

To differentiate the units of resistors, such symbol as K and
M are used: the symbol K means 1000 ohm and the symbol
M means 1000 kohm and the resistor without any symbol is
ohm-type resistor. Besides, the one with “Fusible” is a fuse
type.

• Capacitor:
To indicate the unit of capacitor, a symbol P is used: this
symbol P means pico-farad and the unit of the capacitor
without such a symbol is microfarad. As to electrolytic
capacitor, the expression “capacitance/withstand voltage” is
used.
(CH), (TH), (RH), (UJ): Temperature compensation
(ML): Mylar type
(P.P.): Polypropylene type

• Schematic diagram and Wiring Side of P.W.Board for this
model are subject to change for improvement without prior
notice.

REF. NO

NSW1 PICKUP IN ON—OFF
SO801 VOLTAGE SELECTOR 230-240V

(CD-MD3000W Only)
SW701 POWER ON—OFF
SW705 OPEN/CLOSE ON—OFF
SW710 PANEL OPEN/CLOSE ON—OFF
SW711 VOLUME DOWN ON—OFF
SW712 VOLUME UP ON—OFF
SW720 CD 1 EJECT ON—OFF
SW721 CD 2 EJECT ON—OFF
SW722 CD 3 EJECT ON—OFF
SW723 CD 4 EJECT ON—OFF
SW724 CD 5 EJECT ON—OFF
SW725 CD 6 EJECT ON—OFF
SW730 CD 1 PLAY ON—OFF
SW731 CD 2 PLAY ON—OFF
SW732 CD 3 PLAY ON—OFF
SW733 CD 4 PLAY ON—OFF
SW734 CD 5 PLAY ON—OFF
SW735 CD 6 PLAY ON—OFF
SW750 HIGH/NORMAL ON—OFF
SW751 RECORD/MODE ON—OFF
SW752 AUTO MARKER ON—OFF
SW753 FAST REVERSE ON—OFF
SW754 FAST FORWARD ON—OFF
SW755 TAPE RECORD ON—OFF
SW756 PLAY/PAUSE ON—OFF
SW757 STOP ON—OFF
SW758 PLAY ON—OFF
SW760 AUX ON—OFF
SW761 TAPE ON—OFF
SW762 TUNER ON—OFF

DESCRIPTION

POSITION

• The indicated voltage in each section is the one measured
by Digital Multimeter between such a section and the chas­sis with no signal given.

1. In the tuner section,

( ) indicates AM
< > indicates FM stereo

2. In the main section, a tape is being played back.

3. In the deck section, a tape is being played back.

( ) indicates the record state.

4. In the power section, a tape is being played back.

5. In the CD section, the CD is stopped.

• Parts marked with “ ” ( ) are important for
maintaining the safety of the set. Be sure to replace these
parts with specified ones for maintaining the safety and
performance of the set.

POSITIONREF. NO DESCRIPTION

SW763 CD ON—OFF
SW764 MD ON—OFF
SW767 TRACK EDIT ON—OFF
SW772 EQUALIZER MODE ON—OFF
SW773 X-BASS ON— OFF
SW774 DISPLAY/CHARACTER ON—OFF
SW775 MENU ON—OFF
SW776 NAME TOC EDIT ON—OFF
SW777 DELETE ON—OFF
SW778 ENTER ON—OFF
SW780 MD EJECT ON—OFF
SW781 CD/MD ON—OFF
SW782 MD RECORD ON—OFF
SW783 PLAY MODE ON— OFF
SW901 SPAN SELECTOR 9 kHz/50 kHz

(CD-MD3000W Only)
SW1930 WRITE PRO ON—OFF
SW1931 DISC MEDIA ON—OFF
SW1932 LOADING ON—OFF
SW1933 RECORD ON— OFF
SW1934 PLAY ON—OFF
SW1936 LEAD IN ON—OFF
SWB101 DISC DETECT 1 ON—OFF
SWB102 DISC DETECT 2 ON—OFF
SWB103 DISC DETECT 3 ON—OFF
SWB104 MODE 1 ON—OFF
SWB105 MODE 2 ON—OFF
SWB106 MODE 3 ON—OFF
SWB107 MODE 4 ON—OFF
SWB108 MODE 5 ON—OFF
SWB109 TRAY 1 ON—OFF
SWB110 TRAY 2 ON—OFF

– 46 –

NSW1

PICKUP IN

PU-IN

GND

MOB1

MAIN CAM

MOTOR

M

–

+B

+

NM1

SPINDLE

MOTOR

M

+
SP+

17
18
19
20

BIAS

21

BIAS

22

POWVCC

23

PREVCC

24

MUTE

25
26

VCC
LOADING2

27
28
29

30

3231

NM2

SLED

MOTOR

M

+

–

–

SP–

SL+

SL–

LEVEL

SHIFT

LEVEL

SHIFT

LEVEL SHIFT

LOADING1

VREFSW

BIAS

PREVCC

IC5

POWVCC
BIAS

BIAS

LEVEL

SHIFT

LEVEL SHIFT

LEVEL

SHIFT

VCC

MOB2

TRAY

MOTOR

M

–

16
15
14
13
12
11
10

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

+

–

–

–

–

+

+

C

1/2VCC

+

F

B

C

F

1

1

F

C

LD

8

7

7

8

LD

SWITCHING

LTOH41M1

+

TR+

TR–

FO+

TR+

FO–

VR

GND

2

TR+

3

FO+

432

FO–

5

GND

PD

PD

654

6

VR

PICKUP UNIT

1

1

TR–

ACTUATOR

TR–

FO–

FO+

Q4

–

+

LD

VCC

MON

GND

A

E

E

A

B

1/2V

+5V

5

3

4

6

2

B

7

7

5

432

6

A

E

+5V

VREF

+B

+B

REGULATOR

Q3

3.3V

IC5

BA5939S

FOCUS/

TRACKING/

SPIN/

SLED DRIVER

Q5

DZ2

SWITCHING

X1

16.934MHz

27

29

30

31

32

FEI

TEI

TEZI

FOO
TRO
VREF
RFGC
TEBC
SEL
AVDD3
FMO
DMO
DVSS
DVDD

TESIN

XVSS
XI

XO
XVDD

48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33

SBAD

SERVO/SIGNAL

DVR

DVDD

DVSS

RO

50

51

52

49

24

26

25

28

RFRP

RFZI

RFCT

AVDD

RFI

23

SLCO

IC2

TC9490F

CONTROL

ZDET

LO

VSS

BUS1

BUS0

DVSS

58

56

53

55

57

54

21

22

AVSS

VCOF

BUS3

BUS2

59

60

NC

11

12

TEO

SBAD

VRO

GVSW

14

13

20

19

LPFO

PVREF

/CCE

BUCK

61

62

9

10

TEB

TEN

FEN

FEO

16

15

LPF

18

17

LPFN

TMAX

PDO

PVDD

/UHSO

/HSO
SBSY
SFSY
DATA
CLCK

SBOK
DVSS

DVDD
DOUT

AOUT

LRCK

BCK

/RST

VDD

64

63

+B

7

5

8

4 3 2

6

TPI

TNI

MDI

SEL

LDO

IC6

RFO

AGCI

RFGC

RFIS

RFRP

RFGO

21

22

20

19

18

17

NC

NC

NC

10 11 12 13 14 15 16

IPF

NC

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1

FPI

FNI

VCC

GND

RFN
23

24

IC6

TA2147F

SERVO PRE

AMP.

Q1

TRAY SWITCH

SWB104

SWB105

SWB106

GND(D)

CANA_B

CANA_A

CANA_C

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

74VHC08F

INVERTOR

SWB107

SWB108

CANB_A

CANA_E

CANA_D

IC7

IC7

SWB110

SWB109

CANB_B

14
13

12

11
10

9
8

NC

CAM

SWITCH

SWB101

SWB102

TRAY_A

GND(D)

TRAY_B

SWB103

TRAY_C

CD_+B

32

33

CD_GND

31

30

29

GND

CD_R-CH

26

28

27

CD_L-CH

PU-IN

BUS0

22

23

25

24

TO MAIN PWB

BUS1

BUS2

BUS3

CD/CD-RW_SEL

21

20

18

19

17

CD FUNC

TRAY_B

TRAY_A

/CCE

BUCK

16

15

/RST

14

NC

13

TRAY_C

11

12

10

CANA_A

9

8

CANA_C

CANA_B

CANA_D

7

6

CANB_A

CANA_E

5

4 3 2

CANB_B

GND

1

CNP1

Figure 47 BLOCK DIAGRAM (1/7)

– 47 –

5

2

1

4

3

TO MAIN PWB

6

CNS11

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

SO301

FM ANTENNA

TERMINAL

1
2

AM LOOP
ANTENNA

8

FM FRONT END

2 6 7

CNP301

1

2

L341

BALUN

FE301

3 4

FM

AM RF

AM ANTENNA

T302

OSC

VD301

8

X351

456kHz

9

VSM

L354

L.P.F

FM/AM

MPX

OUT

IN

141211101321222324

15

L

R

SWITCHING

AMP.

QT21

Q351

+B

FM IF

FM IF

CF301

1

1

AMP.

3

Q301

1

5

VT

AM OSC.

T306

+B

FM +B

Q360

SWITCHING

FM MUTE

FMOSC

FM

2021222324

DI

CL

CE

DO

IN

MPX

VDDA

VSSA

2 4 3

AM IF

FM IF

CF302

FM IF IN

LEVEL

VR351
10K(B)

A_+B

7

RDS DECORDER

T351

3

1 2 3 4 5 8 9

AM OSC

IN

OUT

X352

4.5MHz

20 22

1

X OUT

X IN

PLL (TUNER)

ICT21

LC72722

7

1

CF352

3

+B

CF351

FM IF

REG INOUT VCC

GND

FM IF DET./FM IF MPX./AM IF

IC303

LA1832S

17 19 20 18 16

67

STEREO

MONO/ST

FM MONO/ST

SD

IF OUT

IF IN

AFC

AM IN

AM RF IN

FM IN

15 16 11 10 13 12

IC302

LC72131

CE

3

4 5 6

21

DI

CL

DO

Q371

SWITCHING

13121415

XIN

VSSD

VDDD

XOUT

XT21

4.332MHz

FOR CD-MD3000H

FM

AM

FM/AM

LOOP

ANTENNA

1
2
3

CNP303

1
2
3

BAND PASS

FILTER

BF301

1

2

3

FM RF

TA7358AP

1

FM FRONT END

2 3 4 5

L312

VD302

AM RF

AM ANTENNA

T302

VD301

IC301

OSC. BUFF

7 8

T311

T306

6

9

FM OSC.

VT

VD303

Q302

AM OSC.

+B

+B

FM IF

T312

FM +B

Q360

SWITCHING

FM IF

1

CF302

FM IF IN

FM MUTE

LEVEL

VR351
10K(B)

A_+B

FM OSC.

FM

7

T351

3

1 2 3 4 5 8 9

REG INOUT VCC

AM OSC

IN

AFC

OUT

X352

4.5MHz

20 222115 16 11 10 13 12

X IN

1

X OUT

PLL (TUNER)

AM IN

LC72131

+B

AM IF

3 4 5 6

CE

1

CF352

FM IF DET./FM IF MPX./AM IF

3

GND

IC303

LA1832S

+B

X351

FM IF

456kHz

CF351

17 19 20 18 16

67

SD

IF OUT

STEREO

AM RF IN

MONO/ST

FM IN

IF IN

FM MONO/ST

8

IC302

DI

CL

DO

9

VSM

FM/AM

MPX

OUT

IN

141211101321222324

15

L

R

SWITCHING

Q351

FOR CD-MD3000W

Q371

SWITCHING

Figure 48 BLOCK DIAGRAM (2/7)

– 48 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

TO MICOM SECTION

C2B_DO

VSM

X

W

VSM

C2B_DO
C2B_CL

C2B_DI

C2B_CE

C2B_CE

U

V

C2B_DI

C2B_CL

T

S-MUTE

R

O

PB_MUTE

Q508

CD/MD_R

TUNER_R

TAPE_R

AUX_R

R_CH

+B

-B
4

7

+

–

5

6

IC502

LC75341

AUDIO PROCESSOR

13

R1

14
15
16

17
18

19

20
21

22
23
24

R2
R3
R4
RSEL0

RIN

RTRE
RBASS

ROUT

VREF

VDD
CLK

TUNER

DECK

+

–

IC502

+

–

+

–

–
+

+
–

REC_L-CH

+B

8

1

–

+

2

3

CD

AUX

+

–

+

–

+

–

CCB

INTERFACE

IC503

NJM4558M

OPE AMP.

CD/MD_L

12

L1

TUNER_L

11

L2

10

L3

9

L4

8

LSEL0

REC_L-CH

7

LIN

6

LTRE

LBASS

5

LOUT

4

VSS

3

CE

2

DI

1

TAPE_L

AUX_L

Q507

3561213

Q503

TAPE_L

REC_R-CH

IC501

BU4066BCF

10

CD-R_SEL

IC501

BU4066BCF

INPUT

SELECTOR

CD_L
CD_R

MD_LCH

MD_RCH

Q504

l

TO MICOM

SECTION

k

g
i

2

11184

1

TO MICOM

SECTION

Q

ERASE

HEAD

R-CHL-CH

RECORD/

PLAYBACK

HEAD

L-CH

JK501

AUX INPUT

R-CH

IC102

BA3126N

HAED

SELECTOR

1

2

3

4

5

9

8

L-CH

7

+B

6

SYSTEM MUTE

Q509

SWITCHING

REC MUTE

Q120

SWITCHING

Q102

Q101

R-CH

22

24

L-CH

Q116

23

2

1

CNP101

ERASE

1

1

1

2

2

3

3

4

4

5

5

6

6

1

M_GND

2

2

T2_R1

3

3

T2_R2

4

4

A_GND

5

5

T2_L2

6

6

T2_L1

7

7

BIAS OSC.

21 19

–
+

Hich=T1

+
–

4

3

IC101

AN7345K

PLAYBACK AND

RECORD/PLAYBACK AMP.

IC101

6

18 17

7

–
+

Hich=CHROME

+
–

8

16

9

Q502

Q501

REC MUTE

15

14

RIPPLE

Nor/CrO2

ALC

ALC

10

11

Q114

13

Vcc

GND
12

R_CH

L_CH

Q115

A_-B

A_+B

Q119

f

d
a

TAPE_L-CH

TAPE_R-CH

A_GND

REC_R-CH

REC_L-CH

REC_MUTE

REC_CONT

REC_BIAS

A_+10V

M_+10V

TO MICOM

SECTION

CNP102

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

A
C

FROM
MAIN PWB

CNS940

TO POWER

SECTION

SWITCHING

Figure 49 BLOCK DIAGRAM (3/7)

– 49 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

CD +B

1

CNP925

TO CD PWB

SOLENOID

TAPE

MOTOR

M

M

CASSETTE

SWITCH

TO MD
PWB

PLAY

SWITCH

+
–

FROM
CD PWB

FROM
MD PWB

CNP920

MD_RCH

MD_A_GND

MD_LCH
AD_GND

REC_RCH

MD_A_GND

REC_LCH
A_+B(MD)

LOAD_SW

PCONTO

D_+B(MD)

D_+B(MD)
D_GND(MD)
D_GND(MD)
D_GND(MD)
D_GND(MD)

DSTB

MDDATA

KDATA

SERCH

MDDSCK

SID

RESET

P_DOWN

NC

BACKUP

GND

GND

FH_C-SW_B
FH_C-SW_A
FH_A-SW_E
FH_A-SW_D
FH_A-SW_C
FH_A-SW_B
FH_A-SW_A
FH_T-SW_A
FH_T-SW_B
FH_T-SW_C

CD-SW

CD_RES
CD_CCE

CD_BUCK

CD_BUS3
CD_BUS2

CD-RW

CD_BUS1

T-MO_REV

CD_BUS0

T-MO_FOR

CD_L

PU-IN

A_GND

C-MO_REV

CD_R

C-MO_FOR

CD_GND
CD_GND

SENSOR OUT

PLAY SW

+5V SENSOR

CST_SW

28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

CNP901

33
32

31
30
29

28
27
26
25
24
23

22

21

NC

20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3
2

1

+SOL

+MTR

NC
NC

– COM

F_REC

R_REC

CD_DATA
CD_LRCK

CD_LRCK

CD_DATA

CD_BCK

D_GND

CNP921

CD_BCK

D_GND

TO AUDIO

SECTION

CD_+B

CD_+B

FFC970

1

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

10
11
12

12

4
3
2
1

1
2
3
4

1

12

D_+B

CNP970

12
11

10

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

SOLENOID DRIVER

Q905

Q907

+B

RUN PULSE

Q908

Q952

Q953

+B

Q906

RUN_PUL

CAM-SW

+B

MOTOR DRIVER

+5V

Q909

MOTOR

CST-SW

SIDE-A
SIDE-B

SOL

CD PWB

+B

+B

FROM

RESET

CD_L

g

CD DOUT

+B

X901

8MHz

32.768kHz

Q901

CD_R

i

CNP975

X902

+B

+B

PB_MUTE

O

2

1

3

IC905

CD-R_SEL

Q

IC921

74HCT00F

DIGITAL SIGNAL

SWITCH

SW901

SPAN

SELECTOR

50/9

100/10

NC

CLK

LCK2

LCK1

LEVEL_R

AVSS

MD SERCH

L_CH

a

1
2
3

DATA

MD RESET

+B

L CH

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

GND

Vcc

14

13
12
11
10

9
8

1
2
3
4
5
6

7

CD-MD3000W
ONLY

30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

LCD E

31
32

TIMER LCD

33

BACK LED CONT
SYS MUTE

34

C FUTA CL

35

C FUTA OP

36

VDD

37

X2

38

X1

39

VSS

40

XT2

41

XT1

42

RESET

43

REMOCON

44

JOG-A

45

JOG-B

46

SYS STOP

47
48

PROTECT
49
50

AVDD A

Vref 0

51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70

+B

+B

1

IC905

2

KIA7042AP

LCD DB6

LCD DB5

LCD DB4

30 LCD R/W
29 LCD RS
28 POWER RLY
27 N.C.
26 LCD DB7

TEST/Vpp

IC901

IX0354AW

SYSTEM

MICROCOMPUTER

49 SP RLY
50 POWER KEY

LEVEL_L

VSM

KEY 4

KEY 0

KEY 3

KEY 2

KEY 1

RESET

S-MUTE

R

A_-B

A_+B

dfc

R_CH

C2B_DO

C2B_CE

C2B_DI

VSM

CD_MUTE

PXUVWT

TO AUDIO SECTION

C2B_CL

UNA901

DIGITAL

INPUT

SPAN

CD MUTE

AVref1

MD-DATA/RX

A_GND

R CH

A_GND

+B

CE

DEST_IN

CST SW

TUNER DI

K-DATA/TX

MD-DSCK

A_GND

A_+10V

A_+10V

CAM SW

B-FP SW

TUNER DO

TUNER CL

CD_GND

CD_GND

Figure 50 BLOCK DIAGRAM (4/7)

– 50 –

CD

GND

CAM

SW

TUNER

DO

DIG_SEL

2 11 10

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

VDD

B-FP SW

A-FP SW

MD LOAD SW

TUNER CL

9 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80

T-SOL

RUN PULSE

DEST_OUT2

3 REC BIAS
2 REC
1 PB MUTE

83 FH T-SW C
82 FH T-SW B
81 FH T-SW A

MD DSTB

CD-R DATA

CD-R CLK

MD SID

REC MUTE

T-MOTOR

FH M B-

DEST_OUT1

FH M B+

FH M A-

FH M A+

CD PICK IN

CD RESET

CD BUS0
CD BUS1
CD BUS2
CD BUS3

CD BUCK

CD CCE

FH C-SW A
FH C-SW B

FH A-SW E

FH A-SW D

FH A-SW C

CD RW

IC913

KIA7805P

VOLTAGE REGULATOR

+B

1

IC913

2

+B

FAN

PROTECT

_

CD_+B

CD_+B

CD_GND

10 11 12 13 14 15

8 9

M_+B

M_+B

M_GND

M_GND

TO POWER PWB

SP_DET

FAN_CTL

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

BI960

BI950

IC912

BU2092F

OUTPUT

EXPANDER

VSS

1

DATA

2

CLK

3

LCK

4

NC

5

NC

6

NC

7

NC

8

CD-R_SEL

9

VSS

100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81

FH A-SW B

FH A-SW A

3

D_GND

D_GND

POWER_RLY

SP_RLY

A_-B

SP_RLY

UN_SW 5V

AC_RLY CTL

VDD

OE
SW12
SW11
SW10

SW9
SW8
SW7
SW5

D_+B

D_+B

9

18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10

GND

101112

+B

REC_BIAS

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

GND

GND

13

Q725

LED_1

+B

+B

REC_LCH

REC_MUTE

REC_CONT

CNP102

Q724

LED758

LED759

LED_2

A_GND

REC_RCH

TO DECK SECTION

Q723

LED_3

TAPE_R

TAPE_L

+B

OUTPUT EXPANDER

Q721

Q722

LED757

LED756

LED_5

LED_4

REC_LCH

TAPE_L

l

CNS940

TAPE_R

m

j

TO AUDIO

SECTION

REC_RCH

k

IC702

BU2092F

18

VSS

VDD

__

DATA

17

OE

CLOCK

Q11

16

Q10

15

LCK

Q0

Q9

14

Q1

Q8

13

Q2

12

Q7

IC702

Q3

Q6

11

Q4

Q5

10

+B

Q720

+B

LED755

LED754

LED_6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

+B

LED_EG

LED_1
LED_2
LED_3
LED_4

LED_5

CNS770

A_+B

7

KEY2

6

KEY3

5

KEY4

4

D_GND

3

JOG-A

2

JOG-B

1

+B

IC701

TA7291S

LOADING

MOTOR
DRIVER

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

+B

RX701

REMOTE

LED731

SW710,SW780,
SW730~SW735

SW711,SW712,

SW720~SW725

+B

D_+B

PNL_OP

PNL_CL

SENSOR

+B

SW701

POWER

LED772~
LED7775,
LED786

DIMMER

D GND

OPEN_SW

CLOSE_SW

MOTOR_+

MOTOR_–

A +B

D +B
SCL
SDA

1

Q708

+B

+B
+B

3 2

JOG701

JOG DIAL

CNP931

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

10
11

CNP934

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Q707

D_GND

M

REMOCON

POW_KEY

VLCD

CNS720

A_+B

1

D_+B

2

D_GND

3
4

DATA

CK
LCK

KEY1

KEY0

5
6
7
8
9

10
11

POW_IND

LED770

SW750~SW758

SW760~SW764,

SW767,SW782

SW783,
SW772~SW778

A_+B
D_+B
D_GND
REMOCON
POW_KEY
POW_IND
DATA
CK
LCK
KEY1
KEY0

JOG-B
JOG-A
D_GND
KEY4
KEY3
KEY2
A_+B

LED735,LED737,
LED738

CNP701

1

VSS

2

VDD

3
4
5

SW705
OPEN/CLOSE

MO700
CONTROL
PANEL MOTOR

1

5

LCD720

LCD DISPLAY

Figure 51 BLOCK DIAGRAM (5/7)

– 51 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

MO201

FAN

M

MOTOR

+

CD-MD3000W
ONLY

Q200

DRIVER

FAN MOTOR

MO200
FAN

M

MOTOR

+

Q212

Q210

DRIVER

FAN MOTOR

Q215

Q811

CD-MD3000W

ONLY

FAN PROTECT

Q208

RY201

Q211

RY202

Q209

JK701
HEADPHONES

-

+

-

+

-

+

-

+

M+10V

SP L-CH
GND

SP L-CH

SP L-CH
GND

SP L-CH
SP R-CH

GND
SP R-CH

SP R-CH
GND

SP R-CH

MAIN

SO201

SUB

SPEAKER

WOOFER

TERMINALS

MAIN

CD-MD3000W
ONLY

SO801

VOLTAGE

SELECTOR

220V

230-240V

127V

FOR CD-MD3000H: AC 230V, 50Hz
FOR CD-MD3000W: AC 110/127/220/
230-240V, 50/60Hz

RY801

CD-MD3000H
ONLY

F807

T3.15A L 250V

110V

L802
LINE

FILTER

AC POWER
SUPPLY
CORD

15

14

+

–

13

Ch2

12
11

Out

10

Ch2

–Vcc

9

8

+Vcc

IC202

POWER AMP.

STK40204(2Ch)

Out

7

Ch2

6
5

4

–

+

Ch1

3
2

1

15

14

+

–

13

Ch2

12

11

Out

10

Ch2

–Vcc

9

8

IC201

+Vcc

POWER AMP.

STK40271(2Ch)

7

Out

6

Ch1

5

4

–

+

Ch1

3
2
1

Q207

Q203

F806

F805

T3.15A L 250V

F803

T5A L 250V

D_GND

D_GND

T3.15A L 250V

D816

+B

HIGH

D817

VOLTAGE
REGULATOR

VOLTAGE

REGULATOR

AC_RLY CTL

-B

-8V
+5V

7 2 5

8

9

+B

+5V

10 11

GND

-B

F804

LOW

12

GND

F808

T5A L 250V

-B

-B

Q806

-B

+B

IC802

2

Q805

GND

13

T2A L 250V

-B

+B

1

3

+B

+B

Q809

+B

A_+10V
A

TO DECK SECTION

-B

+B

Q204

Q206

Q205

Q201

Q813

-B

+B

Q202

KIA4558P

OPE AMP.

+B

8

CNP806

I

C203

1

–

IC203

+

3 2

L-CH

1

7

+

–

5

R-CH

A_GND2
2

6

A_GND

A_GND
5

4 3

-B

4

+B

A_+10V

6

+B

A_+10V

CD_GND

7

CD_+B

CD_GND
9 8

10

CD_+B

11

M_GND

M_GND

13

12

Q812

+B

+B

M_10V

M_10V

15

14

TO MAIN PWB

FAN_CTL

1

CNP807

SP_DET

SP_RLY

3

UN_SW +5V

4 6

T.F.

F801

REGULATOR

F802

T2A L 250V

T2.5A L 250V

D804~D807

IC802
KIA7810AP
VOLTAGE

Q810

VOLTAGE

REGULATOR

REGULATOR

M_+10V
C

T801

MAIN POWER

TRANSFOMER

+B

D808~D811

RELAY

Q807

DRIVER

1

IC803

2

IC803

NJM431L

VOLTAGE

MICON +5V

Q801

Q803

3

T802

SUB POWER

D812~D815

+B

1

IC808

KIA7805P

2

IC808

CONSTANT VOLTAGE

3

+B

TRANSFORMER

REGULATOR

Figure 52 BLOCK DIAGRAM (6/7)

– 52 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

1

234

1

2

3

4

5

6

789

10

11

12

13

14

15

161718

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

D GND

D GND

RESET

MD-ST

DSCK

KDATA

MDDATA

DSTB

D GND

D GND

DVDD

DVDD

PCONTO

LOADSW

AVCC

L OUT

AA GND

R OUT

SERCH

AD GND

R IN

AA GND

L IN

DIG OUT

D GND

DIG IN

BACKUP

P DOWN

CDLRCK

CDBCLK

GND

CDDATA

BACKUP

703425 12 20 33 21 32 31

MECHANISM

+4.75~5.25V

+3.2V

IC1402

58X2402T

EEPROM

30

29

98

5

6

8

IC1801

XC62EP32

REGULATOR

3

AUDIO IN

AUDIO OUT

IC1702

NJM431U

REGULTOR

1

2

3

5

24

26

3

+3.2V

MECHANISM

+4.75~5.25V

+3.2V

IC1401

IX0349AW

MD SYSTEM

MICROCOMPUTER

58

67

66

+3.2V

DOUT

DIN

A/D

CONVERTER

D/A

CONVERTER

IC1701

UDA1345

AD/DA

CONVERTER

IC1202

IX2474AF

4M-BIT

DRAM

5

9

11

15

~

~

26

29

~

32

36

42

~

IC1201

LR37814

ENDEC/ATRAC

XL1201

33.8688MHz

IC1101

IR3R58M

RF SIGNAL

PROCESSOR

+3.2V

+3.2V

MECHANISM

+4.75~5.25V

E-F SIGNAL A-B SIGNAL

RF1~RF4 SIGNAL

IC1601

M56788FP

MOTOR DRIVER

12

1015

M

M903

MD LOADING

MOTOR

SW1932

LOADING

SW1934

PLAY

SW1936

LEAD IN

MONITOR

DIODE

LASER

DIODE

RF4

RF3

RF2

RF1

LIGHT

RECEIVING

SECTION

ERROR
SIGNAL

LIGHT

RECEIVING

SECTION

RF

M

M902

MD SLED MOTOR

F

A

B

E

SW1933

RECODE

SW1931

DISC MEDIA

SW1930

WRITE PRO

M

M901

MD SPINDLE

MOTOR

MD PICKUP UNIT

FOCUS

TRACKING

MAGNETIC

HEAD

(RECORD)

+4.75~5.25V

IC1300

74ACT02T

HEAD

DRIVER

65

64

MD

R

L

RL

IX

XO

CN1501

CN1502

TO MAIN UNIT

TO MAIN UNIT

57

59

+3.2V

IC1802

XC62FP262P

REGULATOR

3

+2.6V

2

5

13

2

40

29

1

3

37

4

73
74

ADDATA
DADATA

18

19

~

EFMO

EFMI

Figure 53 BLOCK DIAGRAM (7/7)

– 53 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

CD-MD3000H

A

B

C

D

E

TO AUDIO SECTION

F

G

H

E

F
G
H

I

J

K

P63 10-A

L
M
N

C2B_DI
C2B_DO
C2B_CL
C2B_CE
D_GND
VSM
A_+B
TUN_L
A_GND
TUN_R

C302

0.001

C389

0.001

R399

C2B_CE
C2B_DI
C2B_CL
C2B_DO

4.7V

0V

10K

+B

+B

LT22

2.2µH

C320

R383

+B

+B

C2B_DO
C2B_CL
C2B_DI
C2B_CE

C301

0.001

0.047

R371

4.7V

4.7K

Q371
KTA1266 GR
SWITCHING

C391
47/16

R385

5.6K

5.6K

10V

+B

Q360

2SB562 C

SWITCHING

22P(CH)

XT21

CT27

22P(CH)

D312

GND
GND

VCC

FE301

F OUT

FM FRONT END

GND

IF OUT

+B

R373

1K

R384

5.6K

9.2V

10V

RT39

220K

CT26

2.4V

12 11

XOUT

4.332MHz

XIN

13

2.3V

+B

FM SIGNAL

D311

DS1SS133

DS1SS133

0V

ANT

8

0V

7

0V

6

7V

5

1.8V

VT

4

2.4V

3

0V

2

0V

1

C312
100P

(CH)

R374

1K

R372

1K

D352
DS1SS133

+B

10

9

T5

T4

VSSD

VDDD

15

14

5V

0V

CT29

0.022

CT28
100/16

220K

RT37

C311

8

16

RT36

D306

C384

0.001

100P(CH)

DT31

DS1SS133

2.4V0V0.5V

6

7

T1T2T3

T7

T6

17

18

220K

DS1SS133

C382

15P
(CH)

C310

100P(CH)

R360

4.7K

CT25
560P

CIN

SYNCDIRDS-ID

220K

RT35

D305

DS1SS133

C341

0.1

L342

2.2µH

4.5 MHz

2.3V

X IN

1

0V

2

0V

CE

3

0V

DI

4

0V

CL

5

4.7V

DO

6

0.1V

FM

7

3.5V

MW

8

4.1V

MUTE

9

3.6V

MO/ST

10

4.7V

11

ST IND

1K

R376

LC72131

PLL(TUNER)

R395

47K

C320

0.047

LT21

2.2µH

CT21

100/16

CT22

0V

2.4V

0.022

5

4 3 2 1

VSSA

FLOUT

DO

CL

2019

21

0V

0V0V0V

1K

RT28

RT26

1K

AM SIGNAL

R369

82

C381

12P(CH)

X352

2.3V

X OUT

22

0V

VSS

21

1.3V

AOUT

20

0.8V

19

AIN

0.8V

PD

18

4.7V

VDD

17

2.3V

16

FM IN

0V

AM IN

15
14

0V

NC

4.7V

13

IO2

0V

12

IF IN

IC302

R378

82K

R392
270

R391
270

DZ5.1BSB

CT24

CT23

10/50

0.022

2.4V

2.4V

5V

VREF

VDDA

MPXIN

RDS DECORDER

CE

SYR

22

23

24

0V

1K

RT30

1K

RT29

VT

R345

4.7K

C393

1/50

R379

2.2K

C385

0.01

C386

DZ351

RT33

56K

RT32
10K

LC72722

• NOTES ON SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM can be found on page 46.

1

23456

Figure 54 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (1/16)

FM ANTENNA

TERMINAL

C390 0.001

C321 100/16

C345

0.022
C346

0.022

TP301

C347

0.022

VT_CK

+B

R382

150

R381

10K

R380

1.5K

C380

+B

10/50

C387

0.022

L351

100µH

R393
1K

R377
47K

330P(CH)

+B

C395

CT36

0.022

2.4V

1.8V

QT21
KTC3199 GR

ICT21

– 54 –

SO301

C397

0.022

C394
47/16

C392

0.001

C370

1/50

0.022

3.9K

+B

R389

CT37

0.1
RT34

AMP.

C396

56K

5V

+B

100µH

100/16

L352

+B

R346

330

R344
470

CF301

2

R348

680

R349

33

0.8V

2SC380 O

FM IF AMP.

2

+B

C351

0.022

C352
10/50

C350

0.047

C319

0.1
T351

AM IF

2

CF352

C353 0.022

0.022

C354

FM IF

CF351

C399

0.022

C398

100/16

C356

0.001

C355

22P

(CH)

R359

1.8K

FM IF

1

3

R347

6.8K

8.3V

0.07V

Q301

CF302

1
3

FM IF

2V

1

4.6V

2

2V

3

1K

1

R352

2V

4

0V

3

5

4.7V

6

4.7V

7

2.5V

8

R353

270

4.6V

9

C357

3.9V

10

2.2/50

3.4V

11

C358

1/50

3.4V

12

R355

3.3K

FM IF DET./FM MPX./

3.9K

R354

AM OSC.

18P(CH)

R336

10K

R351

5.6K

FM IF IN

AM OSC OUT
AM MIX OUT
REG

FM AFC

AM RF IN

AM LOW CUT

AM IF IN

FM/AM OUT

GND
SD

STEREO

FM DET

VCC

IF OUT
PHASE

R-CH OUT

PHASE
(FM/AM)

IC303

LA1832S

AM IF

AM LOOP

ANTENNA

CNP301

C337

0.022

+B

T306

AM BAND

C335
330P

(CH)

C334

R323
68K

AM OSC IN

VSM

IC303

LA1832S

MPX VCO

MPX IN

L-CH OUT

MO/ST

24

23

2.4V

22

21

20

19
18

17

16

15
14

13

COVERAGE fL

VD301

C339

SVC348S

100P(CH)

+B

VR351
10K(B)

FM

MUTE

LEVEL

L353

1mH

3V

4.6V

C362

3.3/50
C361

0.022

0.3V
0V

C363 0.022

C364 4.7/50

C365 0.022

2.3V

2.1V

C366 0.001

R350

C367

2.7K

1/50

X351

456 kHz

2.1V

R356

1K

2V

C368

1/50

1.2V

1.2V

C371

3.6V

1/50
R361

4.7K

1/50

C372

4.7K

R362

Q351

KRC104 M

SWITCHING

MAIN PWB-A1(1/3)

TP302

C374

0.022

C373

0.022

R363

1.2K
R364

1.2K

2

3

C342

0.022

R358

8.2K

1

R370

C323

0.022

1K

1

1

BALUN

DS1SS133

DS1SS133

DS1SS133

DS1SS133

AM ANT.

C330

18P(CH)

C332

0.022

2

2

L341

D301

D302

C338

0.001
D303

D304

T302

C331

0.047

C343

33P(CH)

L354

LOW PASS

FILTER

R357
470K

AM TRACKING

fL

7

8 9 10 11 12

CD-MD3000W

C2B_DI

E

C2B_DO

F

C2B_CL

G

C2B_CE

H

D_GND

I

VSM

J

A_+B

K

P63 10-A

TUN_L

L

A_GND

M

TO AUDIO SECTION

TUN_R

N

C389

0.001

R399

+B

C2B_CE
C2B_DI
C2B_CL
C2B_DO

4.7V

10K

0V

C301

0.001

C341

0.1

4.7V

Q371

KTA1266 GR

SWITCHING

C391
47/16

R385

5.6K

R383

5.6K

10V

Q360

2SB562 C

SWITCHING

+B

+B

R373

1K

R371

4.7K

R384

5.6K

9.2V

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

AM

FM/AM

FM

LOOP
ANTENNA

2

1
1

C304

0.01

C306

0.001

C309

0.001

C326
18P(CH)

C324
4P(CH)

VD303
SVC211C

R309
10K

C337

0.022

T306

AM OSC.

330P(CH)

C334
18P(CH)

R323
68K

R336

10K

AM OSC OUT

AM OSC IN

FM AFC

VSM

AM LOW

CUT

FM/AM

OUT

MPX VCO

MPX IN

MO/ST

2

C335

24
23

22
21
20

19

18

17

16

15
14
1312

C303
10P(CH)

R302
10

+B

3V

4.6V

2.4V

0.3V
0V

2.3V

2.1V

2.1V

2V

1.2V

1.2V

3.6V

3

CNP303

3

1
2
3

0.8V

1

1.6V

2

3.6V

3

1.6V

4

0V

5

3.6V

6

2.9V

7

3.6V

8

3.6V

9

T311

FM BAND

COVERAGE fL

AM BAND

COVERAGE fL

C339
100P
(CH)

VD301

SVC348S

VR351
10K(B)

C362

3.3/50

R350

C367

2.7K

1/50

X351
456kHz

R356

C368
1/50

C371

1/50

R361

8.2K

BAND

BF301

PASS
FILTER

IC301

TA7358AP

DS1SS133

FM FRONT END

DS1SS133

DS1SS133

DS1SS133

+B

C323

0.022

ANTENNA

C332

0.022

C342

0.022
FM

MUTE

LEVEL

L353

R358

1mH

8.2K

C361

0.022

C363

0.022

C364

4.7/50

C365

0.022
C366

0.001

R357
470K

1K

C374

0.015

C373

0.015

1/50

C372

R362

8.2K

R363

1.2K

R364

1.2K

2

1

SWITCHING

3

Q351

KRC104 M

D301

D302

C338

0.001
D303

D304

T302

C330
18P(CH)

AM

C331

0.047

C343
33P
(CH)

AM TRACKING fL

FM SIGNAL

C314

0.0047

C321
100/16

C345

0.022

C346

0.022

VT_CK

C392

0.001

C387

0.022

L351

100µH

R377
47K

3.9K

C395

C397

0.022

C394
47/16

C370

1/50

0.022

R393
1K

C396

C315

0.0047

R327

33

Q302
KTC3194 Y

OSC BUFF

+B

+B

L352

100/16

0.1V

100P(CH)

+B

100µH

D311

DS1SS133

D312

DS1SS133

+B

+B

C312
100P

(CH)

R374

1K

R372

1K

D352
DS1SS133

10V

D305

DS1SS133

C384

0.001

C311

C310
100P
(CH)

100P(CH)

R360

4.7K

D306

DS1SS133

L342

2.2µH

C382
15P(CH)

2.3V
X IN

1

0V

NC

2

0V

CE

3

0V

DI

4

0V

5

CL

4.7V
DO

6

IC302

0.1V
FM

7

3.5V

MW

8

4.1V

MUTE

9

3.6V
MO/ST

10

4.7V

11

ST IND

R376

1K

R395

47K

LC72131

PLL(TUNER)

X OUT

VSS
AOUT

AIN

VDD

FM IN

AM IN

R378

82K

IC302

C320

X352

4.5MHz

22

20

19

PD

18

17
16
15
14

NC

13

IO2

12

IF IN

0.047

+B

R369
1K

TP301

C381
12P(CH)

2.3V
0V

21

1.3V

0.8V

0.8V

4.7V

2.3V
0V

4.7V
0V

R392
390

R391
390

DZ5.1BSB

R345

4.7K

C393
1/50
R380

1.5K

R379

2.2K

C385

0.01

C386
330P

(CH)

DZ351

+B

+B

R382

150

R381

10K

C390

0.001

C347

0.022

C380
10/50

R389

AM SIGNAL

C316

0.1

C317

0.001

0.8V

47K

R325

1.8V

680

R322

C318

C319

0.1

C355

22P

(CH)

D310

DS1SS133

C308
5P(CH)

FMRF

L312

22

R314

R311
100K

R313

33K

VD302
SVC211C

C327

0.1

T312
FM IF

C313
22P

C353

0.022

0.001

1
3

1

3

T351

R352

R353

270

C399

0.022

C357

R355

3.3K

1K

2.2/50

4.6V

4.7V

2.5V

3.9V

4.7V

4.6V

3.4V

3.4V

2V

2V

2V

0V

C358

1/50

(CH)

1
2
3

4
5
6

7

8

9

10
11

+B

2

R359

1.8K

AM IF

2

CF302

FM IF

10.7MHz

C351

0.022

C352
10/50

C350

0.047

AM IF

CF352

C354

0.022

CF351
FM IF

C398
100/16

C356

FM IF DET./FM MPX./AM IF

R354

3.9K

C305

5P(CH)

C325
15P(CH)

FM OSC.

T311

R351

5.6K

FM IF IN
AM MIX OUT
REG

AM RF IN

IC303

LA1832S

AM IF IN

GND
SD

STEREO

FM DET

VCC

IF OUT
PHASE

R-CH OUT

L-CH OUT

PHASE
(FM/AM)

IC303

LA1832S

R370

MAIN PWB-A1(1/3)

1K

Figure 55 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (2/16)

– 55 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

F

V

E

D

H

C

C

C

C

C

3

C950

150P
(CH)

R1031 1K
R1007 1K
R1008 1K

+B

C957

150P(CH)

R1141

1K

MAIN PWB-A1 (3/3)

A

FROM CD PWB

CNS11B

P60 1-F

FROM MD PWB

CW1502B

P69 12-E

RELAY PWB-A2

CNP925

CD_DATA

4

CD_LRCK

3

CD_BCK

2

D_GND

1

CNP921

CD_LRCK

1
2

CD_BCK

3

D_GND

4

CD_DATA

EX-DATA

EX-CLK
LCK1

+B

B

R1124A

C936

100P(CH)

D905

DS1SS133

+B

C902

C943

+B

R1001
47K

5V BACK UP

RESET

Q901

KRC102 M

2

4.4V
1

0V

D907

DIMMER

P-CLOSE
P-OPEN

C942

0.1

0.1
RX_IN

JOG-A
JOG-B

D906

DS1SS133

C905

3.3/50

5V

3

DS1SS133

18P
(CH)

R1002

C941

22P
(CH)

100K

R932 1K
R933 1K
R934 1K
R935 1K

R936 1K

X901
8MHz

X902

32.768KHz

R943

R944 1K

1K

R965 1K
R966 1K

R947 1K
R948 1K

R995 1K

R946

C945

0.1

SP_RLY

PROTECT

POWER

R1046
12K

R1003

4.7K

IC905

KIA7042AP

RESET

3

IC905

5V

2

0V

C906

0.1

1K

1

5V

R941
330K

RES

C917

0.1/50

C916

0.1/50
C998

22/10

DS1SS133

DS1SS133

C907

10/50

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

+B

D901

D902

R991

29

30

LCD E (4.6V)
TIMER LCD 5V

BACK LED CONT 5V

SYS MUTE 5V
C FUTA CL 5V
C FUTA OP 0.2V
VDD 5V
X2 2.6V
X1 2.3V
VSS 0V
XT2 2.8V
XT1 2V
RESET 4.4V

REMOCON 5V

JOG-A 5V

JOG-B 5V

SYS STOP 5V

PROTECT 5V
SP RLY 5V
POWER KEY 5V

FM SIGNAL
PLAYBACK SIGNAL
RECORD SIGNAL

C901

1000/6.3

C903

0.1/50

R1035

5.6K

R1044

22K

R1066

10K

C995

100P(CH)

R1036

5.6K

R1065

10K

L901

100µH

C904

0.01

C

CD SIGNAL
MD SIGNAL

33

1

CNP901

GND

33

FH_C-SW_B

32

FH_C-SW_A

31

FH_A-SW_E

30

FH_A-SW_D

29

FH_A-SW_C

28

FH_A-SW_B

27

FH_A-SW_A

26

FH_T-SW_A

25

FH_T-SW_B

24

FH_T-SW_C

23

CD-SW

22

NC

21

CD_RES

20

CD_CCE

19

CD_BUCK

18

CD_BUS3

17

CD_BUS2

16

CD-RW

15

CD_BUS1

14

T-MO_REV

13

CD_BUS0

12

T-MO_FOR

11

CD_L

10

PU-IN

9

A_GND

8

C-MO_REV

7

CD_R

6

C-MO_FOR

5

CD_GND

4

CD_GND

3

CD_+B

2

CD_+B

1

+B

FFC901

D

TO CD PWB

CNP1

P60 1-D

E

F

BU2092F

C958
390P

0V

VSS

1

0V

DATA

2

0V

CLK

3

0V

LCK

4

1.1V

CD-SW

5

NC

6

NC

7

NC

8

0V

CD-R_SEL

9

CD-MD3000W

R1022

47K

SW901
SPAN

10K

SELECTOR

1K

28 272625 24 23

LCD R/W (4.7V)

30
29

LCD RS (4.5V)

28

POWER RLY 0.8V

27

N.C.

26

LCD DB7 (1.3V)

25

LCD DB6 (2.5V)

51 AVDD A 5V
52
53
54
55

KEY 3 5V

R955 1K

R954 1K

R953 1K

R956 1K

KEY2

KEY0

KEY1

KEY3

R1056 10K

R1055 10K

R1054 10K

R1053 10K

IC912

+B

5V

18

VDD

0V

17

OE

0V

R1032 1K

16

SW12

0V

R1052 1K

15

SW11

2.8V

R1051 1K

14

SW10

0V

R1050 1K

13

SW9

0V

R1023 1K

12

SW8

11

P_CONT

SW7

10

SW5

LCD_RESET

ONLY

(2.5V) LCD DB5

(0.3V) LCD DB4

MICROCOMPUTER

Vref0 5V
KEY 0 5V
KEY 1 5V

KEY 2 5V

0V

KEY 4 5V

R958 1K

R957 1K

KEY4

LEVEL_L

R1057 10K

R1058

100K

50/9

100/10

NC

R920 1K

R921 1K

R919 1K

21

20

22

19 181716 151413 12

0V CLK

0V LCK1

0V LCK2

0V TEST/Vpp

IC901

IX0354AW

SYSTEM

0V

AVSS 0V

VSM 0.3V

R962 1K

R959 1K

R960 1K

VSM

SERCH

LEVEL_R

R1060

100K

10K

R1033

R917 1K

R918 1K

SPAN

0V DATA

AVref1 5V

MD RESET

MD SERCH

R963 1K

RESET

C964

0.1/50

+B

3.3K

R1062

CD MUTE

MD-DATA/RX

R945 100

RX

IC912
BU2092F
OUTPUT

C970

EXPANDER

0.1

DIG_SEL
AUX_SEL
FAN
PNL_OP
PNL_CL

+B

10K

R1068

R1106 10K

R1107 10K

R1108 10K

R911 1K

R912 1K

R913 1K

R915 1K

R914 1K

11

0V CE

5V CST SW

0V DEST_IN

5V CAM SW

5V B-FP SW

4

DEST_OUT1 0V

3

REC BIAS 0V

2

REC 0V

1

PB_MUTE 5V

FH A-SW A 0.2V

80
79

FH A-SW B 0.2V
FH A-SW C 0.2V

78
77

FH A-SW D 0.2V

76 FH A-SW E 0.2V

K-DATA/TX

TUNER CL 0V

TUNER DI 0V

TUNER DO 4.8V

MD-DSCK

R970 1K

R969 1K

R968 1K

R927 100

R967 1K

C2B_DI

MDDSCK

TX

C2B_CL

C2B_DO

R1120A

1.5K

KDATA

R1121

39K

R1099

47K

R1074

3.3K

R1075

+B

R1048
10K

D952
DS1SS133

R1109 10K

R1105A 10K

SOL

RUN_PUL

R910 1K

R907 1K

R906 1K

R908 1K

987654

10

5V VDD

5V A-FP SW

0V DEST_OUT2

5V RUN PULSE

LCD-E/CDR-CLK (4.6V)

LCD-RW/CDR-DATA (4.8V)

MD SID

MD DSTB

MD LOAD SW

R971 1K

R972 1K

R1119A 1K

R974 220

SID

DSTB

LCD-RW

LOAD_SW

MDDATA

3.3K

2.7K

R900

D
D

MOTOR

REC_BIAS

R902 1K

R904 1K

R905 1K

5V R

0V

0V T-SOL

0V T-MOTOR

0V
0V
0V

5V CD

5

0V C

0V
0V
0V
0V

5V
5V

5V FH

0.2V FH

0.2V FH
5V F

0.2V FH

78777675747372717069686766656463626160595857565554535251

R987 1K

R988 1K

R1118A 1K

LCD-E

FH_A-SW_D

FH_A-SW_E

R1088 5.6K

R1086 5.6K

R1087 5.6K

1

12

CNP970

12

11
10

9

8

7

6
5
4
3

2
1

R1013

47K

D910

DS1SS133

C913

2.2/50

Q905

2SB561 C

0V

11.3V

0V

L910

47H

C912
47/16

11.4V

3

1

R1011

100K

R1012

1K

2

Q907

KRC107 M

5V

0V

0V

11.3V

Q908

2SB561 C

11.4V

SOLENOID DRIVER

Q906

KRC107 M

11.3V
2

RUN PULSE

R1133

470

MOTOR DRIVER

R1014

100K

11.3V

R1015

820

TAPE MECHANISM

SOLENOID

G

M

M

TAPE

MOTOR
CASSETTE

SWITCH

ASSEMBLY (1/2)

TAPE

MECHANISM

PWB-H

PLAY

SWITCH

+

–

SENSOR OUT

PLAY SW

+5V SENSOR

+SOL

+MTR

NC

–COM

CST_SW

F_REC

R_REC

FFC970

1

1
2
3
4
5
6

NC

7
8
9

10
11

12

12

H

• NOTES ON SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM can be found on page 46.

1

23456

Figure 56 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (3/16)

3
0V

0V

RUN_PUL

+B

MOTOR DRIVER

3

2

0V

Q909

0V11

KRC107 M

– 56 –

CAM-SW

MOTOR

CST-SW

SIDE-A

SIDE-B

SOL

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

A_GND

+B

D_GND

A_GND

CD_L

g

h

P63 8-H

PB_MUTE

CD_R

OQXY

i

CD-R_SEL

C2B_DI

VSM

C2B_CL

C2B_DO

C2B_CE

AUX_SEL

P63 12-C

TO AUDIO SECTION

S-MUTE

U

VWTRS d

A_+B

R_CH

c

P63 7-H

A_GND2

L_CH

a

b

TO POWER

A_+10V

A_+10V

R CH

CD_GND

A_GND

A_GND

L CH

A_GND

2

4

3

5

7

1

8

6

CNP806

PWB

CD-MD3000H: P64 1-C

CD-MD3000W: P66 1-C

CD_GND

M_GND

CD_+B

CD_+B

M_GND

9 101112131415

BI960

M_+B

M_+B

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

7

8 9 10 11 12

R907

1K

R974

220

SID

G

F

T

ER

1048

0K

D952
DS1SS133

D951
DS1SS133

SOL

MOTOR

REC_BIAS

REC_CONT

R902 1K

R903 1K

R906 1K

R904 1K

R905 1K

7654321

0V VSS

5V REC MUTE

0V FH M B–

0V T-SOL

0V T-MOTOR

0V FH M B+

0V DEST_OUT2

0V FH M A–
0V FH M A+

5V CD PICK IN

5V CD RW

0V CD RESET

0V CD BUS0
0V CD BUS1
0V CD BUS2
0V CD BUS3

5V CD BUCK

5V CD CCE

5V FH C-SW A

0.2V FH C-SW B

0.2V FH T-SW C
5V FH T-SW B

0.2V FH T-SW A

LCD-E/CDR-CLK (4.6V)

MD SID

R986 1K

R987 1K

R988 1K

R1118A 1K

LCD-E

FH_A-SW_C

FH_A-SW_D

FH_A-SW_E

C914

PB_MUTE

R901 1K

100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81

80797877767574

R984 1K

R985 1K

FH_A-SW_B

FH_A-SW_A

0.1

R1027

10K

CD-MD3000W

ONLY

R916 1K

REC_MUTE

R996 1K

C-MO_FOR

R997 1K

C-MO_REV

R998 1K

T-MO_FOR

R999 1K

T-MO_REV

R928 1K
R949 1K
R982 1K

R976 1K

R977 1K
R978 1K
R979 1K
R980 1K
R981 1K
R989 1K
R990 1K
R994 1K
R993 1K
R992 1K

FROM CD PWB

1
2

CNP975

1
2
3

CNS11B

P60 1-F

UNA901
DIGITAL

INPUT
R1026
10K

CD-R_SEL

R1024

10K

R1183

100mA

R1122A

DZ902

MTZJ3.0A

CD_DIGI_IN

+B

(2.6V)

(2.4V)
(2.4V)

(2.6V)

C979

0.1

1

(5V)

2
3
4

(5V)

5
6

(0V)

7

GND

100

(5V)

Vcc

14
13
12
11
10

9
8

(5V)

(0.5V)
(0.5V)
(5V)
(0.5V)

(4.3V)

IC921

74HCT00F

DIGITAL

SIGNAL
SWITCH

R1067

100mA

C974

0.1

C971

0.1

C972

1/50

2.2µH

C975
1/50

L912

2.2µH

C976

0.1

L911

C977
100P
(CH)

C973

0.1/25

+B

CW1501

CNP920

28

28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10

9
8
7
6
5

NC

4
3
2
1

1

BI922B

1
2
3

3
2
1

BI922A

TO

MD PWB

CN1501

P69 12-G

R1089

5.6K

27K

R1028

R1090

5.6K

R1040

10K

2SC1740 SR

Q953

2SC1740 SR

MDDATA

Q952
R1043

10K

DSTB

R1041

10K

470K

R1042

MD_RCH

MD_A_GND
MD_LCH
AD_GND
REC_RCH
MD_A_GND

REC_LCH
A_+B(MD)
LOAD_SW
PCONTO

D911

D_+B(MD)

470K

R1039

C951

R1077

10/50

120

C952

R1079

1K

R1080

1K

R1078

10/50

120

C999
680P

C956

10/50

C955

1N4004S

R1145

10/50

18K

10K

R1069

D_+B(MD)
D_GND(MD)
D_GND(MD)
D_GND(MD)
D_GND(MD)
DSTB
MDDATA
KDATA
SERCH
MDDSCK
SID

RESET
P_DOWN

BACKUP

+B

+B

ND
M_

M_+B

2131415

I960

R1088 5.6K

R1086 5.6K

R1087 5.6K

M_+B

R1084

5.6K

5.6K

R1093

5.6K

C1003

47/50

R1094

5.6K

5V

R1092

R1085 5.6K

VOLTAGE REGULATOR

FAN

SP_RLY

PROTECT

FAN_CTL

SP_RLY

SP_DET

12345

TO POWER

PWB

CD-MD3000H: P64 1-D

CD-MD3000W: P66 1-D

1

IC913

2

0V

C1004

0.1

IC913

KIA7805P

POWER_RLY

A_–B

AC_RLY CTL

D_GND

UN_SW 5V

D_GND

7

8

6

CNP807

8.6V

3

D_+B

9

D_+B

10

GND

111213

GND

C1005

0.1

GND

BI950

+B
+B

C1006

47/50

+B

D_GND

BI940

CNS940

TO DECK SECTION

+B

REC_MUTE

REC_CONT

REC_BIAS

8

8

CNP102

D_+B

A_GND

REC_LCH

REC_RCH

567

567

P62 2-A

TAPE_R

TAPE_L

234

1

234

1

+B

+B

+B

A_–B

TAPE_R

TAPE_L

m

f

I

TO AUDIO SECTION

P63 12-H

R1098

1.5K

REC_RCH

REC_LCH

j

k

R1097

1.5K

A_GND

n

TO AUDIO
SECTION

P63 10-H

27K

R1096

MD_LCH

MD_RCH

1

2

R1095

27K

1

R762

+B
+B

RX_IN
POWER
LED-TIMER

EX-DATA

EX-CLK

LCK2

KEY1

KEY0

JOG-B
JOG-A

KEY4
KEY3
KEY2

+B

3V

1V

89

PNL_CL

0.5V

LCD-E
LCD-RW

IC701

TA7291S

LOADING

MOTOR DRIVER

PNL_OP

P-OPEN
P-CLOSE

R768

CD-MD3000H

ONLY

R1017 10K

R1016 10K

IC701

11.4V

0V

1V

0.5V

1.3V

4

3

2

6

5

7

R768

2.2

6.8K

(1/2W)

R763

C714

2.7K

47/16

CNP931

A_+B

1

D_+B

2
3

D_GND

4

REMOCON

5

POW_KEY

6

POW_IND

7

DATA

8

CK

9

LCK

10

KEY1

11

KEY0

JOG-B

1

JOG-A

2

D_GND

3

KEY4

4

KEY3

5

KEY2

6

A_+B

7

CNP934

CNP935

DIMMER

1

A_+B

2

D_GND

3

D_+B

4

SCL

5

SDA

6

OPEN_SW

1

CLOSE_SW

2

D_GND

3

MOTOR_+

4
5

MOTOR_–

CNP933

FROM

DISPLAY PWB

CNS720
P58 6-E

FROM

JOG PWB

CNS770
P59 7-H

FROM

DISPLAY PWB

CNS702
P58 6-C

FROM

MOTOR

PWB

CNP741
P59 8-B

Figure 57 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (4/16)

– 57 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

+B

LED735
LNG995PF

LED737
LNG995PF

R789
150

A

LED738
LNG995PF

R790
330

LED A PWB-B2

B

LCD720
LCD DISPLAY

C

CD SWITCH PWB-B3

3

0V

1

10V

3

0V

2

KRA102 M

R702 1K

IC702

OUTPUT

EXPANDER

BU2092F

Q723

KRA102 M

0V

3

1

10V

9.8V

2

0V

10V

1

2

9.8V

Q722

KRA102 M

R703 1K

R704 1K

D

E

Q725

KRA102 M

2

9.8V

Q724

F

R701 1K

1

3

5

10V

1

9.8V

Q721

DISPLAY PWB-B1

BI705B

BI705A

+B

1

2 1 2

CNP701

VLCD

5V

1

VSS

0.1V

2

VDD

3

5V

SCL

4

3.1V

SDA

5

3.4V

+B

IC702

5V

18

VDD

__

0V

OE

17

0V

Q11

16

0V

Q10

15

0V

14

Q9

0V

Q8

13

0V

12

Q7

0V

11

Q6

0V

Q5

10V

1

3

0V

2

R706 1K

10

+B

Q720
KRA102 M

1

10V

9.8V

+B

KRA102 M

3

0V

9.8V

2

R705 1K

C716

2.2/50

C703

0.022

CLOCK

VSS

DATA

LCK

Q0
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4

+B

Q707
KTC3203 Y

0.8V

0.2V

R788

0.1V

330

0V

1

0V

R713

2

R714

0V

3

R715

0V

4
5

1.8V

6

0.3V

7

8.8V

8

8.8V

9

R748
10K

C705

C704

10P

10P

SW701

POWER

1K

C707
100P

1K

1K

+B

+B

R747

1K

LED731

HLMP1700

C706

0.022

L701

2.2µH

R730 1K
R731 1K

RX701
REMOTE
SENSOR

3 2 1

5V5V0V

C708

0.022

R749

1K

L702

2.2µH

+B

R750
100

C709
47/25

BI702

1

2
3
4
5
6

CNS720

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

10
11

CNS702

1

2
3
4
5
6

TO MAIN PWB

CNP931

P57 12-E

TO MAIN PWB

CNP935

P57 12-G

DIMMER

+B

A_+B

D_GND

VDD

SCL

SDA

BI720

A_+B

1

+B

D_+B

2

D_GND

3

REMOCON

4

POW_KEY

5

POW_IND

6

DATA

7

CK

8

LCK

9

KEY1

10

KEY0

11

LED_EG

1
2

LED_1

3

LED_2
LED_3

4

LED_4

5

LED_5

6

CNP721

LED759

K5052UL

LED758

LED_1

LED_2

G

SW725

CD 6

EJECT

SW735

CD 6

PLAY

LED757

K5052UL

K5052UL

LED_3

LED756

LED_4

R735

33K

SW724

CD 5

EJECT

R736

33K

SW734

CD 5

PLAY

K5052UL

LED755

LED_5

R728

15K

SW723

CD 4

EJECT

R729

15K

SW733

CD 4

PLAY

LED754

K5052UL

LED_6

K5052UL

R720

6.8K

SW722

CD 3

EJECT

R721

6.8K

SW732

CD 3

PLAY

R710

4.7K

SW721

CD 2

EJECT

R711

4.7K

SW731

CD 2

PLAY

R707

2.7K

SW720

CD 1

EJECT

R708

2.7K

SW730

CD 1

PLAY

R726

2.2K

SW711

VOLUME

DOWN

R723

1.8K

R712

2.2K

R733

1.8K

VOLUME

H

• NOTES ON SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM can be found on page 46.

1

23456

Figure 58 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (5/16)

SW712

UP

SW710
PANEL
OPEN/CLOSE

– 58 –

R792

2.7K

R791

2.7K

BI722B

BI722A

1

2 1 2

MD SWITCH
PWB-B10

SW780

MD EJECT

7

8 9 10 11 12

TO MAIN PWB

CNP933

P57 12-G

CNS741

1
2
3
4
5

1
2
3
4
5

MOTOR PWB-B7

BI741

OPEN_SW
CLOSE_SW

D_GND
MOTOR_+
MOTOR_–

C715

0.1

+

M

–

MO700

CONTROL

PANEL MOTOR

1

2
3

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

BI740A

BI740B

1
2

3

SWITCH PWB-B8

SW705

OPEN/CLOSE

CNS772

1
2
3
4
5
6

BI773

BI772

BI771A

TO POWER

PWB

CNP207

CD-MD3000H

P65 12-C

CD-MD3000W

P67 12-C

LED B PWB-B6

CNP775

CNS773

1

1

2

2

2

1

1

2

3

4
5

6

4

3
2

1

R761

330

LED_EG

LED_1
LED_2
LED_3
LED_4
LED_5

+B

10V

2

10V

LED770
L934MBC5

3

1.3V

1

Q708

KRA102 M

CNS730

1
2
3
4

HEADPHONES PWB-B9

BI730

RA711

1

150

2
3
4

RA710
150

C710

100P(CH)

L705

2.2µH

CONTROL PWB-B4

R787

1K

R780

1K

R776

1K

R772

1K

R767
1K

R752

1.2K

SW751

SW750

RECORD

HIGH/

R753

1.2K

SW760

AUX

MODE

NORMAL

+B

R755

1.5K

R756

SW761

TAPE

C711

100P

(CH)

SW752

AUTO

MARKER

1.5K

R758

1.8K

R759

1.8K

SW762

TUNER

JK701
HEADPHONES

R764

2.2K

SW753

FAST

REVERSE

<<

R765

2.2K

SW763

CD

LED786

K5052UL

LED775

K5052UL

LED774

K5052UL

LED773

K5052UL

LED772

K5052UL

SW754

FORWARD

R770

SW764

MD

FM SIGNAL

>

II

<<

>>

<

+B

R769

3.9K

FAST

>>

3.9K

R774

4.7K

SW781

CD/MD

R773

4.7K

SW755

TAPE

RECORD

O

R778

8.2K

R777

8.2K

SW756

PLAY/

PAUSE

>

II

R782

18K

SW767
TRACK

EDIT

R781

18K

SW757

STOP

R785

47K

SW782

MD

RECORD

SW758

PLAY

<

BI771B

+B

TO MAIN

PWB

CNP934

P57 12-F

CNS770

1

2
3
4

7
6

5

4

3
2
1

BI770

A_+B

7

KEY2

6

KEY3

5

KEY4

4

D_GND

3

JOG-A

2

JOG-B

1

JOG701

JOG DIAL

C713

0.001

C712

0.001

R754

1.2K

SW783

PLAY

MODE

R760

R757

1.8K

1.5K

SW772

EQUALIZER

MODE

R766

2.2K

SW773

X-BASS

R771

3.9K

SW774

DISPLAY

CHARACTER

R775

4.7K

SW775

MENU

R779

8.2K

SW776

NAME

TOC EDIT

SW777

DELETE

JOG PWB-B5

R783

18K

SW778

ENTER

Figure 59 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (6/16)

– 59 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

+

A

CD SIGNAL

B

C

D

TO MAIN PWB

CNP901

E

F

P56 1-E

TO MAIN PWB

P57 12-A
CNP975

CNP925

TO RELAY PWB

P56 1-A

FFC901

33

1

CNP1

NC

CNS11B

1
2

1
2
3
4

CNS11A

33

CD_+B

32
31

CD_GND

30
29

CD_R-CH

28
27

GND

26

PU-IN

25
24
23

BUS0

22
21

BUS1

20

CD/CD-RW_SEL

19

BUS2

18

BUS3

17

BUCK

16

/CCE

15

/RST

14

13

CD FUNC

12

TRAY_C

11

TRAY_B

10

TRAY_A

9

CANA_A

8

CANA_B

7

CANA_C

6

CANA_D

5

CANA_E

4

CANB_A

3

CANB_B

2

GND

1

BI11

1
2

TP1

3

TP2

4

TP3

5

TP4

6

CD_L-CH

R79

100

R81

100

+B

R80
100

CORE1

R92
47K

R91

47K

C92
470P

C64

0.001

BUS0
BUS1
BUS2
BUS3
BUCK

/CCE

DZ1

MTZJ5.1A

+B

C91

C6

10/16

10/16

470P

+B
100/10

C5

C3

R6

120

L1

0.82µH

C1

C2

0.022
C4

100/10

R7 1K
R8 1K
R9 1K
R10 1K
R11 1K
R12 1K
R13 1K

0.022
C7

CORE2

R14
82

NC

100/10

R16

R18

100

100

C10

C65

0.001

49

50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64

C8

0.022

DVSS
RO
DVDD
DVR
LO
DVSS
ZDET
VSS
BUS0
BUS1
BUS2
BUS3
BUCK
/CCE
/RST
VDD

0.022

R15

330

C11

33P

R19

1M

1.5V

1.5V

1.5V

0V

5.1V

0V

0V
0V
0V
0V

4.8V

4.8V

33P

C12

X1

16.934MHz

1K

R17

0V

0V

3.3V

XI

1.3V

XVSS

0V

TESIN

14

DVDD

1.7V

DVSS

15

IC2

48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33

XO

3.1V

XVDD

0V

1.4V

3.1V

17

16

TC9490F

SERVO/SIGNAL

CONTROL

4.8V

2.6V

3.3V

0V

DVSS

IPF

DOUT

AOUT

BCK

LRCK

2.6V

DVDD

2.6V

C13

NC

0.022

0V

0V

0V

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0V

C14

0.022

1.7V

0V

1.8V

3.3V

SEL

FMO

DMO

AVDD3

4

5

13

0V

0V

SFSY

DATA

CLCK

SBOK

10 11 12 13 14 15 16

0V

1V

NC

TP5

CLCK

DATA

1.3V

TEBC

11

SBSY

NC

5V

+B

TP6

1.7V

RFGC

7

/HSO

C15

0.047

TRO

VREF

1.7V

6

PVDD

/UHSO

NC

3.3V

R21

5.6K

FOO

PDO

1.6V

1.7V

1.7V

TEZI

SBAD

RFRP

RFZI
RFCT
AVDD

SLCO
AVSS
VCOF

PVREF

LPFO
LPFN

TMAX

R25

5.6K

C16

0.047

C17

0.047

TEI

FEI

RFI

TP7

1

C18

0.033(ML)

32

1.7V

31

0.7V

30

1.7V

29

1.7V

28

1.7V

27

1.7V

26

3.3V

25

1.7V

24

1.6V

23

0V

22

1V

21

1.7V

20

3.3V

19

1V

18

0V

17

R29

100K

R30

2.2M

12

R28
47K

R27
47K

TP8

C19

0.047

TP9

C22

0.033(ML)
R31

10K

C23 0.01

C24

0.0027
C25

0.01

C20
47P

C21

C26

0.015

R32
15K

C28

0.022

TP10

0.001

C27

C30
47/10

RF

0.0047

C29

0.022

C31

220/10

C51

100/10

0.

0.

G

CD PWB-C

H

• The numbers 1 to 17 are waveform numbers shown in page 85.

• NOTES ON SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM can be found on page 46.

1

23456

Figure 60 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (7/16)

– 60 –

4 3

6

5

7

IC7

74VHC08F

INVERTOR

12

11

8

10

9

NC

1

2

13

14

C68

0.022

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

7

8 9 10 11 12

C51

220/10

L2

0.82µH

0.82µH

100/10

+B

C95 100P

C60
100P

100/10

8.6V

0V

27

26

VCC

LOADING2

IC5

BIAS

POWVCC

6

7

8.6V

1.7V7V1.7V

R72
10K

SWITCHING

2.7V

C47

C97 100P
C98 100P

C48

R47

R49

8.6V

8.6V

24

23

25

MUTE

PREVCC

BIAS

PREVCC

VREFSW

10

8

9

8.6V

1.7V

1.7V

R71
10K

Q4

1.5V

KTA1266 GR

3.3V

R48

100/10

10

C94 100P

C99 100P
C96 100P
C58 100P
C59 100P

10K

R50

1.2K

1.7V

1.7V

21

22

BIAS

POWVCC

LEVEL SHIFT

LOADING1

VCC

12

11

0V

8.6V

C93
100P

R75
10K

R76
10K

REGULATOR

Q3

2SD2012

3.3V
4V

L7

MTZJ3.9B

C32

0.022
C33

0.022

C34
22P

1.7V

DZ2

2SC1740 R

1.7V

2.3V

Q1

R41

3.3K

R35

R36

2.2K

C37

C36

27P

1K

8.6V

0.022

0.1(ML)

0.1(ML)

R38
1K

10/50

FE

TP12

C41

R39
10K

R37
33K

C38

TP14

R42

C40

R40

4V

4V

56K

100

C39

SWITCHING

4V

1.7V

1.7V

1.7V

0.8V

1.7V

1.7V

1.2V

2.4V

1.1V

1.7V
0V

3.9P

0.3V

Q5

KRA102 M

R46

1.2K

C42

0.0068

GVSW

13
14

VRO
FEO

15

FEN

16

10

RFRP

17

RFIS

18

9

RFGO

19
20

RFGC
AGCI

21

8

RFO

22

RFN

23

GND

24

IC6

IC6

TA2147F

SERVO PRE

AMP.

R45

8.2K

SBAD

TEO

TEN
TEB
SEL

LDO

MDI

TNI
TPI

FPI
FNI

VCC

R43
820

0.7V

12
11

1.7V

10

1.7V

9
8

2.7V

7
6

1.7V

5

1.7V

4

1.7V

3

1.7V

2
1

R78

R77

8.2K

8.2K
C45

0V

4.3V

4.3V

3231

30

LEVEL SHIFT

LEVEL
SHIFT

LEVEL
SHIFT

3 2 1

4V

4V

4V

470/10

0.022

0V

29

28

4

4V

C46

0V

BIAS

5

+B

2

3

TE

R44

68K

0V

0.022

C44

220/10

R52

560

0V

0V

0V

C43

+B

GND(D)
CANA_A
CANA_B
CANA_C
CANA_D
CANA_E
CANB_A
CANB_B

GND(D)
TRAY_A

TRAY_B
TRAY_C

IC5

BA5939S

FOCUS/

TRACKING/

SPIN/

SLED DRIVER

1.2K

4V

4V

4V

4V

17

18

20

19

BIAS

LEVEL

LEVEL

SHIFT

SHIFT

14

16

13

15

0V

0V

4.3V

4.3V

R73

8.2K
R74

8.2K

C67

0.001

R53

68K

R55
68K

R57
47K

R54
47K

R56
68K

TR–
TR+
FO+
FO–

GND

PD
VR

VREF

+5V

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

CNP3

1
2
3
4

LD

C
B

A

E

CNP2

F

GND(D)
CAMA_A
CAMA_B
CAMA_C
CAMA_D
CAMA_E
CAMB_A
CAMB_B

GND(D)
TRAY_A
TRAY_B
TRAY_C

1

1

2

2
3

3
4

4

5

5

6

6
7

7

8

8

CNP5

1

1

2

2
3

3
4

4

5

5

6

6
7

7

CNP7

1

4

C49

0.1

C50

0.1

SP+
SP–
SL+
SL–

PU-IN

GND

CNS5A

1

4

7

CNS7A

TRAY SWITCH

1

8

1
2
3
4
5
6

7

8

FW2

FW3

1

4

1
2
3
4

6
5
4
3
2
1

1

2
3
4
5
6

7

8

PWB-F

1

SWB104 MODE1
SWB105 MODE2
SWB106 MODE3
SWB107 MODE4
SWB108 MODE5
SWB109 TRAY1

8

SWB110 TRAY2

CAM SWITCH PWB-G

SWB101
DISC DETECT 1

SWB102
DISC DETECT 2

SWB103
DISC DETECT 3

CNP4

CNS4

–
+

–
+

6
5
4
3
2
1

CNS6B

CNP6A

M
M

SP+
SP–
SL+
SL–
PU-IN
GND

MOB1
MAIN CAM
MOTOR

MOB2
TRAY MOTOR

CD MOTOR
PWB-E

2
1

CNP6

TR–
TR+

FO+
FO–
GND
PD

VR
LD

1
2
3
4

6
5
4
3

CNS6A

6
5
4

3
2
1

CNS5B

C

1

F

2

2

B

3

3

A

4

E

5

5

1/2V

6

6

+5V

7

CNS7B

+

M

–
+

M

–

NM1
SPINDLE
MOTOR

NM2
SLED
MOTOR

NSW1
PICKUP IN

TR+
FO+
FO–
TR–

ACTUATOR

LTOH41M1

1/2VCC

C

+
–

F

+

–

B

+

–

A

+
–

E

+

–

GND
MON

LD
VCC

PICKUP UNIT

Figure 61 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (8/16)

– 61 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

P57 9-H

FROM

CNS940

MAIN PWB

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CNP102

TO POWER SECTION

CD-MD3000H: P64 1-G

CD-MD3000W: P66 1-G

A B C D

A

A_GND

TAPE_L-CH

TAPE_R-CH

C140

REC_R-CH

1/50

REC_BIAS

REC_L-CH

REC_CONT

REC_MUTE

1/50

C141

B

33K

R155

2

0V

R154

47K

Q119

1

0V

3

3.7V

3.7V

3

2

R109

1

15K

0V

0V

+B

33K

R156

C

R-CH

DTC363 TS

REC MUTE

Q120

DTC363 TS

REC MUTE

D

IC101

AN7345K

PLAYBACK AND

RECORD/PLAYBACK

AMP.

L-CH

R134
100

R126

15K

R116
56

+B

R136

10K

C138

0.0033

R132

1.5K

R130

1K
R128
68K

C112
560P

C110
47/25

A_+10V

A_GND

C122
270P

C106

0.033

M_+11V

+B

C130

1/50

C124

0.022

R150

6.8K

R124

5.6K
C120

1/50

BIAS_GND

+B

R144

220

C132

220/16

C131
22/50

R138

10K

C126
22/50

R120

3.9K
R118

100K

C108
330P

R114

1K

+B

R153
47K

2SA1015 GR

6.8V
13

4V

14

0V

15

3.3V
16

0.5V
17

0V

18

0V

19

20

1.9V
21

0.5V
22

0V

23

0V

24

SWITCHING

R147

4.7K

11.3V

11.3V

Q114

Vcc
RIPPLE

Nor/CrO2

56K

–

+

Hich=CHROME

112K

–

+

0V

0V

SWITCHING

GND

12

11

ALC

10

ALC

9

56K

+

–

0.5V

8

7

IC101

6

5

1.9V

4

112K

Hich=T1

–

+

3
2
1

1

0V

0V

3.3V

0V

0V

0.5V
0V

0V

3

2

+B

C125
22/50

C116

3.3/50

0V

Q115
KRC104 M

11.3V

R143

82

C129
1/50

C121
270P

R131

C118

0.022

R121

3.9K
R119

100K

C109
330P

R115
1K

R135
100

6.8K

R125

5.6K

C119

1/50

C107

0.033

BIAS OSC.

KTC3203 Y

0V

0V

R141
47K

C127

0.0033
R133

1.5K

R129
1K

C113

560P

C111
47/25

Q116

R137
10K

R127

0V

R139
22K

15K

R117
56

R148

4.7

0.047(ML)

0.039(ML)

C135

C123

0.022

C134

47/25

L104
330µH

C133

C137

0.0082
(PP)

R149

15K

E

0V

Q102

KTC3199 GR

10V

3

SWITCHING

1

10V

2

R101

1K

R103

SWITCHING

2.2K

R104

5.6K

0V

Q101
KRA107 M

R102

2.2K

C103
10/16

C102
180P

C104
560P

R-CH

0V

L-CH

C105
560P

C101
180P

+B

R105

0V

0V

8

IC102

BA3126N

HAED

F

SELECTOR

9

1

0V

0V

100

0V

7

0V

9V

6

5

4 3 2

0V

0V

POWER PWB-D1 (2/2)

PLAYBACK SIGNAL

G

RECORD SIGNAL

H

• NOTES ON SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM can be found on page 46.

1

23456

Figure 62 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (9/16)

– 62 –

T2_R2

T2_R1

M_GND

ERASE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

CNP101

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6

ERASE

R-CH

HEAD

TAPE MECHANISM

ASSEMBLY(1/2)

T2_L2

A_GND

PLAYBACK

L-CH

T2_L1

RECORD/

HEAD

7

8 9 10 11 12

JK501

AUX

INPUT

L-CH

R-CH

R549

39K

CHASSIS
GND

C562

0.1

C599

0.001

D508

D507

L501

DS1SS133

DS1SS133

2.2µH

C573

2.2/50

C597

0.0027

R503

2.2K
C501

0.001

0V 0V 0V 0V

Q501

KTC3199 GR

SYSTEM MUTE

R501

330

L_CH

a

TO MICROCOMPUTER SECTION

C541
390P

R547

2.2K

R591

47K

Q509

C502

0.001

A_GND2

R_CH

c

b

P56 6-H

C540
390P

R548

2.2K

R592

47K

R507

22K

C503
22/50

3

0V

1

2.6V

C598

2.6V

2

KRA107 M

0.0027

SWITCHING

R504

2.2K

0.7V0.7V

Q502

KTC3199 GR

SYSTEM MUTE

330

R502

A_+B

A_GND

e

d

R550

L502

2.2µH

C574

2.2/50

39K

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

TO TUNER SECTION

CD-MD3000H: P54 1-F

CD-MD3000W: P55 7-F

C2B_DI

R516

47K

C2B_CL

C2B_DO

J

VSM

D_GND

R552
47K

C550
22/50

C551
22/50

C535

0.1

R551
47K

0.1

C565

MD_LCH

MD_RCH

12

P57 10-H

R538
1K

C534

47P

(CH)

R542

1.5K

C533

47P

(CH)

NJM4558M

R537
1K

C508

C506

47/25

R522

MAIN PWB-A1 (2/3)

FM SIGNAL
PLAYBACK SIGNAL
RECORD SIGNAL
CD SIGNAL

MD SIGNAL

+B+B

C537

0.1

0V

5
6

0V

IC503

0V

2
3

0V

100P(CH)

DZ502

C532
100P(CH)

+
–

–
+

C531

C530

10/50

MTZJ8.2B

-B

8.2V

4
7

0V

+B

8

10V

1

0V

+B

R523

330

TO MICROCOMPUTER SECTION

C536
10/50

R540

R541

1.5K

IC503

OPE AMP.

C507

47/25

0.1

330

10K

R539

10K

0V

1

3.6V

1

0V

-B

S-MUTE

Q508

0V

0V

-B

-B

A_-B

PB_MUTE

DTC363 TS

2

3.6V

3

3

2

Q507

REC_LCH

REC_RCH

j

k

f

P57 10-H

X

W

V
U
T
S
R
Q
O

C566

22/50

R582

22K

DTC363 TS

TAPE_L

TAPE_R

m

l

VSM
C2B_DO
C2B_CE
C2B_DI
C2B_CL
D_GND
S-MUTE
CD-R_SEL
PB_MUTE

A_GND

n

P56 5-H

TO MICROCOMPUTER SECTION

NKHEGFI

M

L

A_+B

TUN_L

TUN_R

A_GND

C2B_CE

+B

+B

R544

R543

47K

47K

R524

1K

R525

1K

R526

1K

2.2K

R528

0.1

C512

C514

C510

10/50

C529

10/50

+B

0V

10V

5V

+B

+B

C564

0.1

24

C563
10/50

0V

R514

1.2K

R513

1.2K

23 22

CLK

DI

0V

(0V)

TO MICROCOMPUTER SECTION

5V

21 20

VDD

VREF

ROUT

––+

+

–

+–+

CCB

+–+

–

INTERFACE

CE

VSS

LOUT

321

4

0V

5V

0.1

C511

R529

C509

10/50

3.9K

R527

2.2K

(0V)

(-6V)

(6V)

(0V)

(6V)

53691210 13 2

11

84

(0V)

(0V)

8.2K

R511

R512

8.2K

CD_R

CD_L

A_GND

g

h

i

P56 4-H

3.9K

R534

R530

3.9K

3.9K

R532

C516

0.1

0.0027(ML)

10V

5V5V5V5V5V5V5V

18

19

RIN

RTRE

RBASS

IC502

LC75341

LBASS

LIN

LTRE

5

5V5V5V5V5V5V5V

C515

0.1

C513

0.0027(ML)

3.9K

R533

(0V)

(-6V)

(0V)

14

7

IC501

1

(0V)

BU4066BCF
INPUT
SELECTOR

MD_LCH

MD_RCH

AUX_R

1/50

C518

1/50

C520

17 161514

R4

RSEL0

–

+

AUX

+

–

LSEL0

L4

876

9

1/50

1/50

C517

C519

3.9K

R531

AUX_L

CD/MD

(7.6V)
(-6V)

TAPE_R

1/50

C522

L3

10

1/50

C521

TAPE_L

C524

R3

DECK

C523

CD/MD_R

TUNER_R

1/50

1/50

C526

13

R1

R2

CD

TUNER

L1

L2

12

11

5V

1/50

C525

1/50

CD/MD_L

TUNER_L

Q504

KRC107 M

Q503

KRA107 M

R536

47K

1/50

C528

IC502

LC75341

AUDIO PROCESSOR

C527
1/50

R535

47K

R515

4.7K

(-6V)

2

1

(-6V)

(6V)

3

R517
1K

(7.6V)

2

1

(7.6V)

3

(0V)

TO MICROCOMPUTER SECTION

Figure 63 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (10/16)

– 63 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

2

c

CD-MD3000H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

CNP806

TO MAIN

PWB

BI960

P56 6-H

CNP807

TO MAIN

PWB

BI950

P57 8-H

TO DECK
SECTION

P62 3-A

1
2
3
4
5
6

7
8
9

10

11
12

13

14

15

1
2

3
4

5

6

7

8

9

10
11
12
13

A

B
C

D

L-CH

A_GND2

R-CH
A_GN
A_GND
A_+10V
A_+10V

CD_GND
CD_GND
CD_+B
CD_+B
M_GND
M_GND
M_10V
M_10V

FAN_CTL

SP_DET

SP_RLY

UN_SW 5V

D_GND
D_GND

AC_RLY CTL

-B

-8V

+5V
+5V

GND
GND
GND

A_+10V
A_GND
M_+10V
BIAS_GND

IC201

5

-35V

R216

C210

100/50

FR214

100

Fusible

C214

0.022
R222

4.7K

C212

0.15(ML)
R227

8.2K

C802

0.022

VOLTAGE

REGULATOR

C810

22/50

R807

17V

Q810

KTC3199 GR

R821
470

C839

100/16

STK40271(2Ch)

POWER AMP.

Out

Ch1

+Vcc

6

7

0V

0V

R220

0.22(2W)

22K

R230

0.22(2W)

R224

0.1

R232

(1W)

1K

C216

0.022

0V

R226

0V

10K

Q202

KTC3199 GR

C218
100P(CH)

R228

8.2K

C217

100P(CH)

R235

1.8K

C219
10/50

C222

R234

0.015(ML)

100K

R233
100K

C221

0.015(ML)

Q812

KRC107 M

3

2

1

R802

6.2K
C811

0.001

3 2 1

(2.5V)

R804

4.7K

NJM431L

VOLTAGE

REGULATOR

Q805

KTC2026

11.3V

LED801
K5052UL

+B

C814

22K

47/25

RP803

0.7

R822

1.5K

C840

DZ804

0.022

MTZJ10B

–Vcc

Ch2

10

9

8

37V

C224

10/50

C223

-37V

10/50

0V

R223

4.6V

+B

R236

1.8K

IC803

(0V)

C220
10/50

D202

DS1SS133

8

0V

2

–
+

0V

3

0V

5

+

0V

–

6

4

R238
68K

R237
68K

Q801

2SD2012

(5.1V)

(5.9V)

(6.5V)

R225

C215

0.022

-B

8.4V

C249
47/25

R240

0V

1K

1

R239

IC203

1K

7

0V

C248

-8.2V

0.022

+B

C247
47/50

2

1

C844

3.3/50

(11.1V)

(11.1V)

(6.5V)

Q803

KTC3199 GR

IC803

RP807

17V

0.7

12V

R836

270

10V

17V

IC802

3

1

2

0V

C816

C815

0.1

0.1

IC802

KIA7810AP

VOLTAGE

REGULATOR

Out

11

0V

R219

0.22(2W)

R229

C209

100/50

FR213 100

Fusible

(1W)

0.1

R231
1K

0V

10K

KTC3199 GR

C250

0.022

C228

2.2/50
C227

2.2/50

R241

68K

C226
220P(CH)

C225
220P(CH)

3

Q813
KRA107 M

+B

12

-36V

0.22(2W)

D201

DS1SS133

4.6V

0V

Q201

R277

R242

68K

RP801

R808
220

C801

0.022

+B

DZ803

+

Ch2

–

13

0V

R203

820

+B

330

0.15

C230

0.15

C229

C818
6800/16

C817

6800/25

C819

C820

MTZJ9.1B

0.047
(ML)

14

C201

-0.2V

220P

R205

56K
C203
47/50

D205
DS1SS133

4.6V

Q205

0V

KTC3199 GR

+B

470/25

+B

R813

1.5K
R830

100

C821

100/25

15

-0.2V

C205

R209

0V

15P

1K

-9V

-B

R201
1K

Q206

KTC3199 GR

0V

4.6V

0V

C251

47/50

-19.5V

KTA1046 Y

-8.3V

VOLTAGE

REGULATOR

C822
10/50

R278

56K

Q806

C232

0.0015
R244

R262
56K

R261

+

Ch1

–

1

2

4

3

36V

-0.2V

-0.2V

C202
220P

C206

15P

R206

R210

56K

C208

0.15

R217

18K

(ML)

C838

220/16

1K

R204
820

C204
47/50

R218

18K

C211

0.15(ML)

R221 4.7K
C213 0.022

IC203

KIA4558P

OPE AMP.

+B

+B

R809
22K

R806

22K

Q809

2SD2012

8.6V

17V

9.2V

9.2V

9.8V

R820

470

+B

R202

1K

R212

18K

C207

0.15

R211

18K

A_GND2

+B
+B

+B
+B

+B

-B

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

C807

0.047

VOLTAGE

REGULATOR

+B +B

R803

22K

C837

0.022

-B

+

Ch1

–

3

2

4

1

-0.2V

-0.2V

C236

15P

1K

R250

56K

1K

R248

R246
820

56K

C234
1/50

CNP805

+B

-B

+B

+B

CNS804

1

1
2

2

3
4

4

5

5

6

6

737

7

8

8

Ch1

Out

+V

0V

+B

Q204

0V

R260
1K

4.6V

0V

8

31V

5

6

7

0V

30V

-30V

R215

C238

100/50

22K

R256

0.1(1W)

FR252

100

C240

Fusible

0.022

R258

10K

KTC3199 GR

+B

+B

+B

BI804

+B

1

-B

2
3
4

+B

5
6

8

• NOTES ON SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM can be found on page 46.

1

23456

Figure 64 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (11/16)

– 64 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

7

8 9 10 11 12

)

R260
1K

4.6V

V

0V

04
99 GR

+Vcc

IC202

8

31V

C242

R298
22K

D204

+B

CNP203

CNS808

–Vcc

9

-31V

C241

10/50

10/50

R297
22K

C239

DS1SS133

C253

3300/63
C252

2200/50

BI808

+B2

1N4004S

Ch2

Out

10

11

0V

0V

C237

100/50

100Fusible

R255

0.1(1W)

R259

DS1SS133

1K

0.022

R257

10K

1 2 3 4 5

1 2 3 4 5

1 2 3 4 5

-B

+B

R834
56

R835
56

D802

+B

100/16

12

-30V

FR251

D203

4.6V

0V

0V

Q203
KTC3199 GR

KTC3199 GR

C254
3300/63

C255
2200/50

D816 TS6B04GM

+B

-B

D817 TS6B04GM

+B1

D804

1N4004S

D805

1N4004S

RELAY DRIVER

C823

Ch2

13

0V

R245

Q211

D808

2A02M

D809

2A02M

+

–

14

-0.2V

820

R247

56K
C233
1/50

D206
DS1SS133

Q207

0V

D807
1N4004S

D806
1N4004S

R814

100

0.8V

C824

0.047(ML)

IC202
STK40204(2Ch)
POWER AMP.

15

C231

-0.2V

0.0015

15P

C235

R243

1K

1K

R249

KTC3199 GR

4.6V

4.6V
0V

0V

0V

KTC3199 GR

C256
47/50

RP805

2.2

R213
100

R251

10K

0V

0.1(ML)

0.8V

4.7(1/2W)

C833

0.022
C834

0.022

C831

0.022
C832

0.022

-B

D811
2A02M

D810

2A02M

+B

Q807
KTC3199 GR

0V

0.2V

R815

47K

Q208

0V

R264

56K

R263

R280

56K

+B

C243

R265

F805

T3.15A L 250V

F806

T3.15A L 250V

F803

T5A L 250V

T5A L 250V

T2A L 250V

C826

0.047
C827

T2A L 250V

0.047

-B

C828

0.047(ML)
C829

0.047(ML)

+B

C825

1000/6.3

56K

+B

C244

0.1(ML)

R266

4.7(1/2W)

F804

F808

F801

T2.5A L250A

KIA7805AP

5.7V

DS1SS133

R267
330(1/2W)

330(1/2W)

RY201

0.1V

D207

R253

DS1SS133

1K

F802

IC808

3 2 1

10V

0.7V

D818

R268

4.7(1/2W)

22K

R274

R269

330(1/2W)

RY202

R270

330(1/2W)

0V

Q209

0.8V

KTC3199 GR

10K

R254

D208

DS1SS133

C246

0.1(ML)
R272

CNP802

1
2
3
4
5

1
2
3

4
5

C245

0.1(ML)
R271

4.7(1/2W)

1

2
3
4
5

1

2
3

4
5

CNP803

IC808

KIA7805AP

CONSTANT VOLTAGE

REGULATOR
D812

1N4004S

D813

1N4004S

D814

1N4004S

+B

1N4004S

C830

470/35

R273
22K

R275

D815

22K

DS1SS133

R276
22K

T801

MAIN POWER

TRANSFOMER

C835

0.047
(ML)

SUB POWER

TRANSFORMER

D210

T.F.

T802

R281

12(1/2W)

R284

1K

10/50

BI201B

BI201A

1

1

2

2

3

3
4

4

5

5
6

6

7

7

8

8

POWER PWB-D1 (1/2)

0V

R283
470K

8.2V

0V

DZ201

MTZJ5.6B

R299

3.9K

Q212

2SA562 Y

FAN MOTOR
DRIVER

0V

R207

2.7(1/2W)

Q210

KTC3199 GR

C257

SPEAKER PWB-D3

C269

R291

0.01

6.8
C267

R289

L203

0.29µH

L201

0.29µH
R287

6.8
R290

6.8
L204

0.29µH

1

1

2

2

0.01

6.8

R285

C259

6.8

0.01

C261

0.01

C268

0.01

R292

C270

6.8

0.01

R288

C262

6.8

0.01

L202

0.29µH

C260

R286

0.01

6.8

C279

0.001

When Servicing, pay attention as the
area enclosed by this line ( ) is
directly connected with AC main voltage.

CNP801

RY801

D819

DS1SS133

+B

SUB TRANS PWB-D2

FM SIGNAL

Q200

KRC102 M

3

4V

2.7V
1

0V

C258

100/16

8.6V

R200

100

0V

C200
47/16

COR801

C273

0.01

C271

0.01

C263

0.01
C265

0.01
C272

0.01

C274

0.01

C266

0.01

C264

0.01

C282

C281

0.001

C280

0.001

C836

F807

T3.15A L 250V

L802

LINE FILTER

2

+B

C277

C278

0.001

0.0047

-

+

-

+

-

+

-

+

0.001

0.001

(251)

AC POWER
SUPPLY
CORD(239)

(251)

AC 230V,
50Hz

SP L-CH
GND
SP L-CH

SP L-CH
GND

SP L-CH
SP R-CH

GND
SP R-CH

SP R-CH
GND

SP R-CH

1
2

1
2
3
4

MO200

FAN

CNP204

CNS200

MOTOR

+

1

M

2

FROM

HEADPHONES

PWB
CNS730
P57 8-C

CNP207

MAIN

SO201
SPEAKER
TERMINALS

SUB
WOOFER

MAIN

Figure 65 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (12/16)

– 65 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

V

31V

CD-MD3000W

B

C

A

D

E

F

G

H

CNP806

TO MAIN

PWB

BI960

P56 6-H

CNP807

TO MAIN

PWB

BI950

P57 8-H

TO DECK
SECTION

P62 3-A

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

10
11
12
13
14
15

1
2

3

4

5
6
7
8
9

10

11
12
13

A

B

C

D

L-CH

A_GND2

R-CH
A_GN
A_GND
A_+10V
A_+10V

CD_GND

CD_GND

CD_+B

CD_+B

M_GND
M_GND
M_10V
M_10V

FAN_CTL
SP_DET
SP_RLY

UN_SW 5V

D_GND
D_GND

AC_RLY CTL

-8V

+5V
+5V

GND
GND
GND

A_+10V
A_GND
M_+10V
BIAS_GND

IC201

5

-35V

R216

C210

100/50

FR214

100

Fusible

C214

0.022

R222

4.7K

C212

0.15(ML)
R227

8.2K

C802

0.022

VOLTAGE

REGULATOR

C810
22/50

R807

17V

Q810

KTC3199 GR

R821
470

C839

100/16

STK40271(2Ch)

POWER AMP.

Out

Ch1

+Vcc

6

7

0V

0V

R220

0.22(2W)

22K

R230

0.22(2W)

R224

0.1

R232

(1W)

1K

C216

0.022

0V

R226

0V

10K

Q202

KTC3199 GR

C218
100P(CH)

R228

8.2K

C217

100P(CH)

R235

1.8K

C219
10/50

C222

R234

0.015(ML)

100K

R233
100K

0.015(ML)

Q812

KRC107 M

3

2

1

R802

6.2K

C804

1000

/6.3

(2.5V)

R804

4.7K

NJM431L

VOLTAGE

REGULATOR

Q805

KTC2026

11.3V

LED801
K5052UL

+B

C814

22K

47/25

RP803

0.7

R822

1.5K

C840

DZ804

0.022

MTZJ10B

–Vcc

Ch2

10

9

8

37V

C224

10/50

C223

10/50

-37V

0V

R223

4.6V

+B

R236

1.8K
C220

10/50

D202

DS1SS133

8.4V

8

0V

2

–
+

0V

3

0V

5

+

0V

–

6

4

R238
68K

R237
68K

IC203

0V

-8.2V

C247
47/50

C215

-B

0V

1

R239

7

0.022

R240

1K

+B

R225

C249
47/25

1K

C248

0.022

C221

2

C844

3.3/50

Q801

2SD2012

(11.1V)

(5.1V)

(5.9V)

(11.1V)

C811

0.001

(6.5V)

(0V)

KTC3199 GR

(6.5V)

Q803

IC803

3 2 1

IC803

RP807

17V

0.7

12V

R836

270

10V

17V

IC802

3

1

2

0V

C816

C815

0.1

0.1

IC802

KIA7810AP

VOLTAGE

REGULATOR

Out

11

0V

0.22(2W)

R219

R229

C209

100/50

FR213 100

Fusible

(1W)

0.1

R231
1K

10K

KTC3199 GR

C250

0.022

C228

2.2/50
C227

2.2/50

R241

68K

C226
220P(CH)

C225
220P(CH)

3

Q813

1

KRA107 M

+B

12

-36V

0.22(2W)

D201

DS1SS133

0V

0V

Q201

R242

68K

RP801

R808
220

C801

0.022

+B

Ch2

13

4.6V

+B

330

R277

C230

C229

DZ803

MTZJ9.1B

+

–

0V

R203

820

0.15

0.15

C817

6800/25

C820

0.047
(ML)

14

C201

-0.2V

220P

R205

56K
C203
47/50

D205
DS1SS133

Q205

KTC3199 GR

+B

C818
6800/16

C819

470/25

+B

R813

1.5K
R830

100

C821

100/25

15

4.6V

0V

C205

R209

0V

-0.2V

15P

R201
1K

1K

Q206

KTC3199 GR

4.6V

0V

C251

47/50

-9V

-8.3V

-B

R244

R262
56K

0V

R261

R278

56K

-19.5V

Q806
KTA1046 Y

VOLTAGE

REGULATOR

C822

10/50

1K

+

Ch1

–

1

2

4

3

36V

-0.2V

-0.2V

C202
220P

C206

15P

R206

R210

56K

R217

18K

(ML)

C838

220/16

C208

0.15

1K

R204
820

C204
47/50

R218

18K

C211

0.15(ML)
R221

4.7K

C213

0.022

IC203

KIA4558P

OPE AMP.

+B

+B

+B

R809
22K

R806

22K

Q809

2SD2012

8.6V

17V

9.2V

9.2V

9.8V

R820

470

R202

1K

R212

18K

R211

C207

18K

0.15

A_GND2

+B
+B

+B
+B

+B

-B

+B

-B

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

C807

0.047

VOLTAGE

REGULATOR

+B +B

R803

22K

C837

0.022

-B

56K

+B

+B

+B

-B

1

-0.2V

C232

2

-0.2V

220P

56K

R248

1

2
3

4

5

6

7
8

+

Ch1

–

3

C236

15P

R250

1K

R246
820

C234
1/50

CNP805

CNS804

1

2
3
4
5
6

7
8

4

30V

C238

+B

BI804

1
2
3
4
5
6

7

8

5

-30V

100/50

FR252

100

Fusible

R258

+B

+B

-B

+B

R215
22K

Ch1

Out

6

7

0V

R256

0.1(1W)

C240

0.022

10K

KTC3199 GR

+B

+B

0V

Q204

+

R260
1K

4.6V

0V

0V

+B

• NOTES ON SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM can be found on page 46.

1

23456

Figure 66 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (13/16)

– 66 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

7

8 9 10 11 12

)

R260
1K

4.6V

0V

04
99 GR

0V

IC202

+Vcc

8

31V

R298
22K

+B

+B

100/16

C242

10/50

R297
22K

D204

DS1SS133

C252

2200/50

CNP203

CNS808

BI808

R834
56

R835
56

D802
1N4004S

C823

–Vcc

9

-31V

C241

10/50

C239

C253

3300/63

D804

1N4004S

D805

1N4004S

R814

100

Ch2

Out

10

11

0V

0V

C237

100/50

R255

0.1(1W)

R259
1K

0.022

R257

10K

1 2 3 4 5

12

3

4

12

3

4

-B

+B1

-B

D808

2A02M

D809

2A02M

C824

0.047(ML)

Ch2

12

13

-30V

FR251

100Fusible

D203

DS1SS133

4.6V

0V

0V

Q203
KTC3199 GR

C254
3300/63

C255
2200/50

5

5

D816 TS6B04GM

+B

D817 TS6B04GM

-B

D807

1N4004S

D806

1N4004S

D811

2A02M

D810

2A02M

RELAY DRIVER

Q807

KTC3199 GR

0V

0.2V

0.8V

+

–

0V

820

R245

R247

D206
DS1SS133

R213

C826

0.047
C827

0.047

R815

47K

C825

1000/6.3

14

15

C231

-0.2V

220P

56K
C233
1/50

4.6V

0V

Q207

KTC3199 GR

100

0V

0V

T2A L 250V

-B

C828

0.047(ML)
C829

0.047(ML)

IC202
STK40204(2Ch)
POWER AMP.

-0.2V

15P

C235

R243

1K

1K

Q208

R249

KTC3199 GR

4.6V

0V

0V

0V

R263

R280

C256

56K

47/50

RP805

2.2

+B

R251

10K

C243

0.1(ML)

R265

4.7(1/2W)

0.8V

Q211
KTC3199 GR

C833

0.022
C834

0.022

C831

0.022
C832

0.022

F805

T3.15A L 250V

F806

T3.15A L 250V

F803

T5A L 250V

T5A L 250V

F808

F801

T2A L 250V

F802

T2.5A L250A

IC808

KIA7805AP

+B

3

5.7V

2

0.7V

D818

DS1SS133

+B

DZ299

MTZJ3.9B

56K

R264

D821

DS1SS133

56K

R267

330(1/2W)

C244

0.1(ML)
D207

R253

DS1SS133

R266

4.7(1/2W)

F804

IC808

KIA7805AP

CONSTANT VOLTAGE

REGULATOR

D812

1N4004S

+B

1

D813

10V

1N4004S

1N4004S

C830

470/35

RY201

0.1V

1K

0.1(ML)
R272

4.7(1/2W)

CNP802

1

2
3
4
5

1
2
3
4
5

CNP803

D815

1N4004S

D814

Q811

KRC107 M

2

4.6V
1

0V

R269

330

(1/2W)

R268

330(1/2W)

R270

330(1/2W)

0V

Q209

0.8V

10K

R254

C246

1

2
3
4
5

1

2
3

4

5

C835

0.047
(ML)

R800

22K

0V
3

C842

100/10

22K

R274

RY202

KTC3199 GR

D208

DS1SS133

C245

0.1(ML)
R271

4.7(1/2W)

T801

MAIN POWER

TRANSFOMER

SUB POWER

TRANSFORMER

11.2V

R273
22K

R275

22K

T802

0V

220V

127V

110V

T.F.

+B

11.2V

Q215

KTA1271 Y

D210

DS1SS133

R276
22K

230-240V

1
2
3
4
5

R295

1K

R252

1.8(1/2W)
R284

1K

1

2
3
4
5
6
7
8

1
2
3
4
5

CNP801

R207

10(1/2W)

Q210

0V

R283
470K

8.2V

KTC3199 GR

C257
10/50

SPEAKER PWB-D3

L203

0.29µH

BI201B

BI201A

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

SO801

VOLTAGE

SELECTOR

230-240V

220V
127V
110V

RY801

D819

DS1SS133

SUB TRANS PWB-D2

POWER PWB-D1 (1/2)

FM SIGNAL

KTC3203 Y

DZ201

0V

Q212

2SA562 Y

DRIVER

L202

0.29µH

C836

0.0047

L802

8.6V

2.7V

C258

100/16

0V

C200
47/16

COR801

R296
220K

MTZJ6.2B

R299

390

0V

FAN MOTOR

L201

0.29µH
L204

0.29µH

LINE FILTER

Q200

4V

R214

8.2(1/2W)

1

270

R208

-

+

-

+

-

+

-

+

SP L-CH
GND
SP L-CH

SP L-CH
GND

SP L-CH
SP R-CH

GND
SP R-CH

SP R-CH
GND

SP R-CH

2

1
2

1

4

+B

R200

0V

270

(251)

AC POWER
SUPPLY CORD(239)

(251)

AC 110/127/220/230-240V,
50/60Hz

MO201

FAN

CNP205

CNS205

MOTOR

+

1
2

MO200

FAN

CNP204

CNS200

MOTOR

+

1
2

FROM

HEADPHONES

PWB

2

CNS730

3

P59 8-C

CNP207

MAIN

SO201
SPEAKER
TERMINALS

SUB
WOOFER

MAIN

M

M

Figure 67 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (14/16)

– 67 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

TP1409

SYWR

SYD7

A1

RAST

1

A

C1110

C1111

R1110

560K

B

BIN

AIN

C

R1101

1

27

R1100

4.7

C1100

R1111

82K

RF3

RF4

RF1

EIN

FIN

C1113

C1112

5P(CH)

48

1234

RF1

1

R

and

2

RF2

SW

3

RF3

4

RF4

REFI

5

1

6

REFO

TP1130

1

AOUT

7
8

ASW
AIN

9

BIN

10

BSW

11

R1112

82K

12

BOUT

R1113

560K

RF2

R1115

330K

3.2V

L1100

0.47µH

C1107

0.033

TP1131

C1117

1

0.1

PITG

C1116

FSW

R1118
330K

1

C1118

R1119

220K

VCC1

FOUT

GND1

BIAS

AGC

EOUT

EFMAGC

ADIP AGC

BOUT

AOUT

R1120

BPF

MODE

TCGO

270K

NIN

0.1

C1115

C1114

12K

R1114

47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37

PIN

1+2

3+4

DIFF

IC1101

IR3R58M

RF SIGNAL

PROCESSOR

BIAS

FIN

EOUT

EIN

ESW

R1116

47K

R1117

47K

R1105

1.2K

R/P

0.47

C1124

0.22

C1119

0.47

DCNF

EFMO

ADAGI

ADAGC

ADIPNF

ADIPO

WBO

VCC2

OPICPW

SW

DISC

TCGI

242322212019181716151413

GND2

SGAIN

RFADD

R1121
39K

36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28

TP1133

27
26
25

DTEMP

TP1116

C1121

0.22

TP1135

C1122
1

12K

R1122

C1123

0.1

15

R1124

R1125

2.2K

2.2K

12K

R1123

EFMO-I

WBO-I

DISC

SGAIN

DTEMP

TCG

R/P

AOUT-IN

EOUT-IN

BOUT-IN

FOUT-IN

L1101

3.2V

SYRD

SYRS

TP1202

99

100

14

TP1201

R1200
100K

R1205

82K

WBO-I
TCG
AOUT-IN
BOUT-IN
EOUT-IN
FOUT-IN

R1202
120K

R1203
120K

C1201

10

C1211

TP1250
TP1251
TP1252
TP1253
TP1254

0.1

R1201
100K

R1204

82K
R1206
62K

EFMO-I

R1266

22K

R1261
22K

R1262
22K

R1263
22K

R1264
22K

R1265
22K

C1262

270P(CH)

C1263

270P(CH)

TP1136

1

10µH

C1125

2.6V

C1266

27P(CH)

C1264

270P(CH)

C1261
270P(CH)

C1265

270P(CH)

C1200

FODRF
FODRR
TRDRF
TRDRR
SLDRF
SLDRR
SPDRF
SPDRR

1

R1207
62K

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

EFMMON

AVCC1
EFMI
AGND1

AVCC2
VREF
WBI
TCG

AIN

BIN
EIN
FIN
VBAT
VDD1
DGND
TEST2

X176KO
FODRF
FODRR
TRDRF

TRDRR

SLDRF
SLDRR
SPDRF

SPDRR

SYRS

SYRDX

RAA3

RAA2

26

27

A2

A3

R1102

FN

TP

FP

TP1101

TP1102

TP1100

D

+2.8V

B

SW

LVVOUT

E

MD PICKUP UNIT

SW1930

WRITE PRO

SW1931

DISC MEDIA

SW1932

LOADING

F

SW1933

RECORD

SW1934

PLAY

M

M903

MD LOADING

MOTOR

G

M902

MD SLED

MOTOR

M901

MD SPINDLE

MOTOR

30

TP1105

TP1103

TP1104

DGND

LDVAR

A

LDON

LDVCC

DGND

APCOUT

LDOUT

VCC

1

EXT.C

GND

2

APC

3

LDON

LVV

4

LDVAR

R1930

390

R1932

R1931

560

120

R1933
270

+
–

MD LOADING

MOTOR PWB-K2

MD MECHANISM
SWITCH PWB-K1

SW1936

LEAD IN

+

M

–
–

M

+

TP1106

RF1

COM

I/V

8

6
5

TP1107

TP1108

F

E

7

LOADING

LD+

TP1109

TP1110

RF4

RF3

I/V

I/V

MINF

GND

LD-

31

TP1112

TP1111

10111213141516171819202122232425262728

10111213141516171819202122232425262728

VCC

AGND

TP1941
TP1942
TP1946
TP1945
TP1943
TP1944

MP/R

TP1975

TP1974
TP1973

TP1972

TP1971

TP1113

RF2

I/V

LEAD IN

TP1117

TP1115

DGND

APCIN

TP1118

TP1119

TP1120

3456789

F-

T+

LVVIN

T.COIL

MAGNETIC

HEAD

(RECORD)

CN1931

1

1
2
3
4
5

5

CW1931

CN1932

1

1
2
3
4
5
6

6

CW1932

TN

TP1122

TP1121

12

123456789

T-

F+

F.COIL

1
2

10K

TP1123

4

CN1101

FLEXIBLE
PWB

1
2

CN1300

CN1401

1

1
2
3
4
5

5

CN1402

1

1
2
3
4
5
6

6

TRY­TRY+

9

SLD­SP­SP+

16

SLD+

28

TP1300

TP1301

TP1400

8

R1301

C1300

47P(CH)

5 4 3

TP1541
TP1542
TP1543
TP1605

TP1604

LEAD IN

TP1602
TP1603

11

TP1600

LDON

LDVAR

IC1301

FTD2005

HEAD DRIVER

10

D1

1

C1301

S1

2

0.027

S1

3

G1

4

D1300

SBE803

221

G1

1 5

D1

D2G2

IC1302

CPH5608

HEAD DRIVER

LOADING
MINF
C1402

0.022

GND

R1616

C1611

0.0056

SPDRR
SPDRF

C1612

0.0056
C1619

330P(CH)

R1618
15K

0.015

C1613

SLDRF

TP1601

C1615

0.015

R1620

15K

10

8

D2
S2

7

S2

6

G2

5

C1302

S

4
3

R1300

8.2

MOTOR DRIVER

10K

C1610

10K

R1617

4.7

SLDRR

C1655

0.015

R1621

6.8K

R1624

6.8K

22K

R1622

TP1330

10

LEAD IN

R1612

150K

R1614

100K

L1300

4.7µH

14 13 12 11 10

VCC

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

C1303

1

TP1606

LOADING
MINF

C1606

10

IC1601

M56788FP

CH3IN

1

OUT3

2

IN3-

3

VBS2

4

Vm2

5
6

NC
GND

7

IN3+

8

VM3-

9

10

VM3+

11

GND

12

VM4+

13

VM4-

14

VM5+

15

VM5-

16

OUT5

17

IN5-

18

IN5+

19

IN4+

20

IN4-

21 22

OUT4

R1623

22K

H

• The numbers 1 to 36 are waveform numbers shown in page 86-87.

• NOTES ON SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM can be found on page 46.

1

23456

Figure 68 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (15/16)

– 68 –

EFMO

C1304
220P
(CH)

IC1601

1.25V

R1420

1K

MINF

C1407

TP1421

17

R1407

C1404

C1405

TP1422

12

R1408

R1405

7

TP1451

3.3K

0.047

680P

3.3K

100K

0.047

100

P/R

VREF

AVCC

4M/16M

1

64M

2

LDVAR

3

ADJS

4

CIN

5
6

UNLOCK

7

BYTE

8

CNVSS

9

STID OUT

10

SEACH OUT

11

220K

TP1401

R1414

RESET

12
13

VSS

14
15

MCCK

MD SYSTEM

16

VCC

R1415

1K

17

MICROCOMPUTER

C1406

680P

18

DINT

19

SFSY
ST-ID

20

SERCH

21

MDRSW

22
23

CDB SEL

DSENSE

24

DSENSE

25

P-DOWN

26

HDON

27

EEPRO
HFON

28
29

EEPK

30

EEPD

KDATA

DSCK

MDDATA

1K

31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46

R1418

R/P

DSCK

KDATA

MDDATA

STID

Q1402

UN2113

Q1403

3

UN2213

3

212

1

TP1402

TP1403

GND

MINF

TEST-K

TESTK1

IC1401

IX0349AW

SBCK

SBO

DSTB

DISC

SBO

DISC

SBCK

R1461

10K

DSTB

R/P

13

TP1404

AVCK1

DTEMP

FOK

FOK

TP1420

R1424

AVCK2

FLASH L

R1430

47K

TP1406

TEST0

AVCK3

SGAIN

SYRS

SGAIN

SYRS

TP1405

10K

TP1407

TEST1

SYRD

SYWR

SYRD

TP1408

858687888990919293949596979899

TEST2

SYWR

FRASH H

D1402
1SS355

A0
A1
A2
VSS

470

R1403

TP1303

HDON

LOADING

HDON

R1406

VCC

8

10K

WP

7

SCL

6

SDA

5

R1463

LD+

LD-

10K

INNSW

R1460

10K

R1417

1K

F+ F- T+ T-

29

TP1302

R1304
150

9 8

IC1300

GND

74ACT02T

IN1+

VBS1

VM2+

GND

VM1+
GND

VM2-

IN2­IN2+

R1401

2.7K

IN1-

42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23

FP
FN

C1607

HEAD DRIVER

F+ F- T+ T-

T+ T-

TP1630

F+ F-

TN
TP

FODRR

R1606

10K

1

+

-

OUT1

VM1-

HDON

REG+

REGB

OUT2

MUTE1
MUTE2

SS.GND

VREF

VREFO

R1600

LD+

LD-

C1601
820P

6.8K

TRDRR

C1602

820P

C1603

820P

R/P

IC1402

58X2402T

EEPROM

R/P

TRDRF

6.8K

R1601

R1605

10K

FODRF

C1604

820P

VREF

MINF

1
2
3
4

C1403

0.1

VREF

7

8 9 10 11 12

AVCK3

SYD7

SYRD

SYRS

SYWR

P1202

100

SYRS

1

SYRDX

SYWRX

EFMMON

AVCC1
EFMI
AGND1
AVCC2
VREF
WBI
TCG
AIN
BIN

0
1

EIN

2

FIN
VBAT

3

VDD1

4
5

DGND

6

TEST2
X176KO

7
8

FODRF

9

FODRR

0

TRDRF

1

TRDRR

2

SLDRF
SLDRR

3
4

SPDRF

5

SPDRR

RAA1

RAA3

RAA2

26

27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37

A0A1A2

A3

TP1406

TP1407

TP1408

RAST

MUTE

TEST1

TEST0

TEST2

R

FRASH H

SYWR

SYRS

SYRD

SYSD7

43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50

SYD6

SYD7

SYWR

SYRD

SYRS

TP1409

R1435

10K
430
0K

SYD5

SYD6

SYD7

SYD6

SYD5

RAA10

VDD2

RAA0

1

C1202

C1203

IC1202

A4
A5
A6
A7
A8

82838485868788

81

ADMUT

LD-

LD+

XRST

DFS1
DFS0

DAPON

SBSY
LDON

LAST

PCNT0

L3CLK

L3MODE

L3DATA

GND

INNER

CRTRG SW

SLOT5
SLOT4
SLOT3
SLOT2
SLOT1
SYSD0
SYSD1
SYSD2
SYSD3

SYSD4

SYSD5

SYSD6

SYD4

SYD5

SYD4

SYD4

RAA4

TP1203

1

IX2474AF

C/N

5/3

A/B

VCC

C1232

C1204

0.001

0.047

DINT

XRST

SYD0

SYD1

SYD2

SYD3

220

R1208

C1205

1

TP1204

SYD0

SYD1

SYD2

SYD3

VDD2

RSTX

DGND

DINTX

IC1201

LR37814

ENDEC/ATRAC

RAA6

RAA7

DGND

RAA5

RAOEX

RACASX

RAD2

RAA8

38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50

A8A7A6A5A4

A1

A3

A2

A0

10

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

A2

A3

A1

VCC

4MBIT

80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51

25

A5

A6

A8

A4

A7A0I/O3

D-RAM

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

VREF3.2V

R1441

47K

R1440

TP1414

100

TP1411

TP1412
TP1413

UCON3.2V

C1409

1

1K

R1443

TP1410

LOADIN

CIN

MCCK

DSENSE

12K

R1232

R1209

COUT

MCCK

RAA9

RAD3

A9

A9

A9

OE

23

D1401

SB00703Q

PCNT0

TP1415

0.022

C1411

2SA1162 G

Q1800

UN2214

PCNT0

3

1

C1616
100/10

FOK

100

SENSE

RARASX

RAS

CAS

Q1801

2

2

1

TP1607

SFSY

TP1215

FOK

SFSY

32

RAWEX

RAD1

WE

I/O2

I/O4

R1444

3

SBSY

TP1216

SBSY

18

20

21

RAD0

I/O1

GND

10K

270

R1801

Q1802

UN2214

SBO

SBCK

TP1217

SBO

SBCK

RAA11

ACRCER

TP1205

TP1206

VREF3.2V

L1600

6

TP1207

TP1218

767778798081828384858687888990919293949596979899

TOTMON

TEMON

DADATA
ADDATA

DFCK
BCLK
LRCK

DGND

PLLBVC

DOUT

DIN

XO

DGND

VDD1

VPD

VXI
CDBCLK
CDLRCK
CDDATA

DIN2

DILOCK

TEST1
TEST0

TCRS

PLCK

EFMO

TP1210

TP1208

IC1802

XC62FP26P

1µH

TP1209

TP1212
75

FEMON

74
73

R1211

72
71

C1206

70
69
68

R1212

67
66
65

XI

64

C1207

63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52

TP1214

51

X700KO

TP1211

220

R1210

22
24

1

C1806

IC1802

REGULATOR

VREF3.2V

C1230

5

19

220

0.1

47

1

C1208

12P(CH)

L1202

0.47µH

Q1807

2SD601 AR

13

2

1

R1219

47K

3

TP1800

C1800

R1230
10K

R1231

10K

L1200

220/4

4.7µH

R1215

1M

XL1201

33.8688MHz

R1222
47K

R1221

47K

TP1213

L1201

0.47µH

C1700

47/4

C1701
47/4

AA.GND

R1702

30K

C1702

39K

0.001

R1701

R1704

Q1804

2SA1242 Y

R1804
390

4

10

C1801

5

XC62EP32

REGULATOR

TP1801

C1750

820P

TP1700

L1701
10µH

TP1701

R1703
1K

3.3K
AA.GND

NJM431U

REGULATOR

R1809

R1806

1

R1807

27K

IC1801

R1802

56K

R1803

33K

R1217
150

C1209

12P(CH)

1

AA.GND

IC1702

1

3
2
1

R1214

C1703

0.1

C1708

C1705

0.1

C1706

0.01

L1702
10µH

Q1700

2SD601 AR

3

2

R1811

1

1

UN2213

C1805

C1802

10K

C1704

0.01

R1705

Q1701

DADATA
ADDATA

C1210
22P
(CH)

C1709

0.01

28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20

47/4

VSSO

VDDO

VOUTL

VREFD

AD/DA CONVERTER

VSSA

VDDA

VINL

VREFA

1

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

R1707

C1711

330P
(CH)

820

C1710

1

C1707

Q1702

TP1702

2SA1162 G

3

2

R1708

1

1K

Q1805

C1803

2SA1314 C

100/10

10

P.GND

3

2

R1805

1

270

Q1803

UN221N

DFCK
BCLK
LRCK

AVSS

AVDD

VOUTR

IC1701

UDA1345

VINR

VADCN

VADCP

R1710

47/4

330P
(CH)

C1712

10/16

10/16

R1714

12

R1711

12

R1712

27K

R1808

3

2

Q1806

1

UN221N

0.01

C1713

TP1703

MC2

MC1

TP1704

BACKUP

1.8K

DADATA

TP1705

19 18 17 16

MP5

DATAI

VDDD

MP1

10 11 12 13

TP1706

C1716

47/4

2.2

C1804

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

MD MAIN PWB-J

MD SIGNAL

CD SIGNAL

PLAYBACK SIGNAL
RECORD SIGNAL

DFCK

LRCK

BCLK

ADDATA

R1716

100K

L3DATA

15

WS

MP4

BCK

DATAO

MP3

VSSD

MP2

SYSCLK

14

L3CLK

1

C1714

L3MODE

0.1

C1715

C1741

820P

C1502

330P(CH)

R1518

47

L1501

1µH

C1501

L1502

4.7µH

R1517

47

1

R1511

FL1501~FL1503:
EMI FILTER

FL1501

R1510

SERCH

5.6K

FL1502

FL1503

BACKUP

R1512

PDOWN

1K

Q1501

UN2214

RESET

2

1

STID
DSCK

TP1503
TP1504

KDATA

TP1505

MDDATA

TP1506

DSTB

R1520

C1503

0.33
R1524

1kohm at 100MHz

LOADIN

R1515

1.8K
R1516

1.8K

5.6K

R1513

C1506

L1551

0.47µH

L1552

0.47µH

6.8K

R1526

1kohm at 100MHz

0.047

C1505

3

TP1501
TP1502

47K

R1523

47K

R1539

120

C1509

100P(CH)

100P(CH)

35

TP1532

L1554

0.47µH

DIN

220

R1529

BACKUP

R1532

3.3K
R1533

R1535

R1537

220

C1507

0.047

R1527

47K

D.GND
R1521

120

R1528

R1540
1kohm at 100MHz

1kohm at 100MHz

34

TP1530

TP1531

TP1533

DOUT

1

1K

1K

2

36

TP1513

TP1515
TP1516

R1534

R1536

R1538

TP1507
TP1508

26

1
2
3
4

33

TP1514

TP1517
TP1518

1K

1K

220

TP1509
TP1510
TP1511
TP1512
TP1519
TP1520
TP1521
TP1522
TP1523
TP1524
TP1525
TP1526

1
2
3
4

CN1502

27

CW1502A

CDLRCK
CDBCK
GND
CDDATA

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28

1

CN1501

28

CW1502B

1
2
3
4

1

CW1501

DIGOUT
GND
DIGIN
BACKUP
PDOWN
RESET
MD-ST
DSCK
SERCH
KDATA
MDDATA
DSTB
D.GND
D.GND
D.GND
D.GND
DVDD
DVDD
PCONT0
LOAD SW
AVCC
L IN
AA.GND
R IN
AD.GND
L OUT
AA.GND
R OUT

28

TO

RELAY

PWB

CNP921

P56 1-B

P57 12-C

CNP920

TO MAIN PWB

Figure 69 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (16/16)

– 69 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

A

B

C

BI705A

RD

1

2

WH

R788

E

DISPLAY PWB-B1

C705

Q707

B

C

R749

R748

R731

C704

CNP701

35

C716

CNS702

6

GY

6

GY

5

GY

4

L702

R730

L701

BI702

GY

3

GY

2

RD

1

1

CNP935

CD-MD3000H

P75 1-A

C706

24

1

CD-MD3000W

P76 1-A

TO MAIN PWB

D

5

WH

RD

12

C715

R790

R789

CD-MD3000H

P74 4-A

CD-MD3000W

P76 4-A

MO700
CONTROL
PANEL
MOTOR

BI705B

E

F

LED A PWB-B2

4

BI741

3

2

WHGYWH

LED738

TO MAIN PWB

CNS741

1

RD

15

BI740B

LED735

CNP933

5

GY

LED737

1

RD

WH

GY

3

SWITCH PWB-B8

LCD720

SW705
OPEN/
CLOSE

1

BI740A

3

MOTOR PWB-B7

RECORD/

G

PLAYBACK
HEAD

ERASE
HEAD

PWB

WH

WH
YL
BK

PK
BK

BL

7
6
5
4
3

2
1

TO POWER PWB

CNP101

CD-MD3000H

P79 7-G

CD-MD3000W

P81 7-G

WH

YL

6

BL

1
2
3
4
5
6

5
4

BK

PK

3

BK

2
1

WH

TAPE MECHANISM ASSEMBLY

1

TAPE MECHANISM
PWB-H

SOLENOID

TO MAIN PWB

CD-MD3000H

P74 5-A

CD-MD3000W

P76 5-A

CNP970

1

5

1

6

234

FFC970

12

9

11

7

12

10

8

+

TAPE MOTOR

H

1

23456

Figure 70 WIRING SIDE OF P.W.BOARD (1/14)

– 70 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

7

8 9 10 11 12

COLOR TABLE

BR BROWN

RD(R) RED

OR

YL

GR

BL
VL

GY

WH(W) WHITE

BK
PK

CD SWITCH
PWB-B3

R729

BI722B

R705

R706

R735

R723

SW710

PANEL
OPEN/
CLOSE

1

WH

R712

ORANGE
YELLOW

GREEN

BLUE

VIOLET

GRAY

BLACK

PINK

RD

2

SW758

PLAY

R764

LED773

R758

LED775

SW764

MD

R774

R770

R765

SW712

R733

1

R704

SW725

EJECT

BI722A

RD

WH

VOLUME

CD6

2

UP

LED754

SW735

CD6

PLAY

VOLUME

SW780
EJECT

MD SWITCH PWB-B10

CONTROL PWB-B4

SW757

STOP

LED772

LED774

SW762

TUNER

R780

GY

WH

Q720

1

2
3

R728

SW734

CD5

PLAY

FORWARD

R782

R776

R772

GY

WH

456

3

Q721

1

LED755

R777

LED786

SW754

FAST

SW751

RECORD

MODE

R752

SW767
TRACK

EDIT

SW761

TAPE

R767

1

RD

WH

1

CNP721

2

3

10

9

REVERSE

MARKER

SW781
CD/MD

SW763

R759

CNS772

1
2
3

SW711

DOWN

MD

R781

SW753

FAST

R755

SW752

AUTO

CD

R753

R756

R736

SW724

CD5

EJECT

Q722

R778

R787

BI772

6

SW756

PLAY/

PAUSE

R769

SW755

TAPE

RECORD

SW750

HIGH/

NORMAL

SW782

MD

RECORD

R785

SW760

AUX

3
2

R761

Q708

1

4

BI771A

BI773

1

1

RD

122

RD

GY

WH

WH

12

LED770

LED B PWB-B6

CNS720

1

3

456

2

R715

5

1

IC702

R792

R721

SW723

CD4

EJECT

11

18

15

LED756

R720

SW733

CD4

PLAY

R773

2

WH

CNS773

CNP775

11

WH

LED731

R714

9

10

WHWHWH

R713

R791

CD-MD3000H

CD-MD3000W

8

7

WH

R747

C707

C703

SW722

CD3

EJECT

P74 3-A
P76 3-A

CNP931

4

56

WHWHWH

C709

BI720

LED757

SW732

PLAY

3

WH

R750

Q723

CD3

TO MAIN
PWB

12

RD

WH

1

SW777

DELETE

BI771B

1

RD

GY

WH

CNS770

TO MAIN PWB

Q724

3

2

1
1

2

3

R703

SW721

CD2

EJECT

JOG PWB-B5

R779

SW776

NAME

TOC EDIT

R775

R754

C712

C713

BI770

7

4

WH

WHGYWHGYWH

67

4

5

CNP934

CD-MD3000H

P74 2-A

CD-MD3000W

P76 2-A

HEADPHONES
PWB-B9

RX701

C708

1

2

3

R711

R702

LED758

R710

SW731

CD2

PLAY

GY

23

SW701
POWER

SW783

PLAY

MODE

1

RD

1

R783

R757

Q725

R701

R707

SW720

CD1

EJECT

JOG DIAL

SW775

MENU

SW772

EQUALIZER

MODE

3
2
1

R726

R708

JOG701

SW774

DISPLAY/

CHARACTER

R760

HEADPHONES

RA711

C711

1

GY

WH

1

2

CNP207

TO POWER

PWB

LED759

SW730

CD1

PLAY

R771

JK701

L705

WH

3

4

SW778
ENTER

R766

SW773
X-BASS

RA710

4

RD

C710

BI730

CNS730

CD-MD3000H

P79 7-C

CD-MD3000W

P81 7-C

Figure 71 WIRING SIDE OF P.W.BOARD (2/14)

– 71 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

CD-MD3000H: P74 6-H

CD-MD3000W: P76 6-H

TO MAIN PWB

CNP901

C92

R92

R17

25

Q1

FFC901

33

Q5

B
C
E

TP7

C23

R36

R38

C28

C22

RF

C39

TP9

FE

R42

C40

C41

R39

Q3

B C E

C31

TP10

C19

C21

C17

R40

R37

C27

15

C33

R71

C15

13

C43

R72

C32

R41

R46

IC6

20

24

C44

R45

TP8

TP14

16
15
14
13
12
11
10

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

C42

12

10

5

1

DZ2

C37

C38

R14

C65

40

35
30

C36

C24

C25

C12

R19

33

C29

C30

C34

L2

C14

C16

R21

32

C18

R31

R35

A

CNP1

113 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32

4

C93

C95

C96

CNP2

3
2

CNP4

1

L1

R9

R11

C3

DZ1

BKWHBKWHPK

1

C94

C98

8

7
6
5
4
3
2
1

C97

C99

R13

BI11

R79

R10

R12

C8

YL

6

R15

R81

CORE2

1

R80

7

R8

C64

C7

IC7

5

10

R7

64
1

CLCK

C13

DATA

C51

14

8

R91
C91

C5

C4

CORE1

R6

R16

C1

R18

C10

C6

C11

X1

C2

49

48

50

45

55

60

IC2

5

10

20

15

1617

TP5

R30

R29

R28

C68

R27

TP6

C26

R32

E C B

R25

C20

B

C

17
16

D

E

F

CD PWB-C

C49

C50

17
18

R74

19

20
21
22

R73

23
24

C46

25
26

IC5

27
28

R77

29
30
31
32

R78

R49

TE

R50

B C E

R43

R44

L7

C47

R53

R54

R51

R55

R56

C58

C59

CNP3

4 3 2 1

R47

C67

C60

R75

R48

R76

C48

C45

Q4

CNP6

1
2
3
4
5
6

1
2
3
4
5

CNP5

6
7
8

1
2
3

CNP7

4
5
6
7

3

2
14
15

4

11

1

R57

8
9

10

13

PK

YL

G

TO MAIN PWB

BKWHBK

1

CNS11B CNS11A

CNP975

CD-MD3000H

P75 10-H

CD-MD3000W

P77 10-H

WH

3

2

214

FROM

MD MAIN PWB

CW1502B

P82 6-C

H

• The numbers 1 to 17 are waveform numbers shown in page 85.

1

23456

Figure 72 WIRING SIDE OF P.W.BOARD (3/14)

RELAY
PWB-A2

CNP925

4

1

3
2

2
3

1

4

CNP921

– 72 –

12 5 7 6

CAM
SWITCH
PWB-G

4

1

SWB102

SWB101

DISC DETECT1

1

FW3

4

SWB103

DISC DETECT2

DISC DETECT3

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

7

8 9 10 11 12

CNS6A

CNS4

1
2
3
4
5
6

MOB2

TRAY MOTOR

BR

4

RD

3

OR

2

YL

1

NM2

+

SLED
MOTOR

MOB1

MAIN CAM MOTOR

-

CNS6B

BL

1

GY

2

GY

3

GY

4

GY

5

GY

6

1
2
3

4

5
6

CNP6A

NSW1
PICKUP IN

NM1
SPINDLE
MOTOR

+

-

CNS5A CNS5B

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

CNS7A CNS7B

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

FW2

8

1

RD
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY

RD
WH
WH
WH
WH
WH
WH

CD MOTOR PWB-E

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

8

SWB110
TRAY2

1

PICKUP UNIT

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

SWB109
TRAY1

COLOR TABLE

BR

BROWN

RD(R)

WH(W)

OR

YL

GR

BL
VL

GY

BK
PK

RED
ORANGE
YELLOW

GREEN

BLUE

VIOLET

GRAY
WHITE
BLACK

PINK

SWB105

MODE2

SWB107

MODE4

TRAY SWITCH

SWB108

PWB-F

MODE1

SWB106

MODE3

SWB104

Figure 73 WIRING SIDE OF P.W.BOARD (4/14)

– 73 –

MODE5

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

9

0

C

CD-MD3000H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

FROM DISPLAY PWB

P70 6-C
CNS702

R1066

R966

R965

R1077

R1078

BK
WH

R1074

R1112

FROM JOG PWB

P71 11-E

CNS770

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

R1065

CNP934

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

B1922B

1

R1120A

R1062

C951

R962

R1044

R1079

1

24

R1046

35

3

678

R1069

CNP931

R1145

FROM

CD SWITCH PWB

P71 10-E

CNS720

C945

R1053

R1054

10 11

R954

R946

R953

R1022

C999

R1080

D911

9

1011121314151617181920212223242526

CNP920

R1043

C955

Q952

R1121

B
C
E

R1057

Q953

R900

R1056

R1039

E
C
B

C956

R957

D901
D902
D905

L901

C901

R956

R1040

R972

D907

27

28

R1055

R955

R1042

R1041

FROM MOTOR PWB

P70 2-E
CNP741

C903

R1001

C904

1

2

3

Q901

D906

R995

R948

R947

C952

R944

R943

C943
X902

R941

C998

C916

R1058

C917

R958

R959

R963

R1099

R1075

R960

R1060

R1124A

X901

C941

50

51

C964

R971

R1002

C905

R1036

R991

R936

C902

C942

45

55

R967

R945

R968

R1003

C906

1

2

3

IC905

C907

C995

R1035

CNP933

1 2 3 4 5

C936

R763

CNP935

1 2 3 4 5 6

R1017

R933

R935

R932

30

31

25

35

40

20

IC901

60

65

70

75

80

R927

R1119A

R974

R970

R969

MECHANISM PWB

12

R1133

C913

R1013

Q905

E
C
B

R768

C714

789 6

R1016

R934

15

10

5

95

90

85

81

R993

R992

R984
R985

R986

R1118A

R987
R988

TO TAPE
P70 5-F

R1107

12

10

11

R1011

R1141

R1023

IC701

345

R762

R921

C914

R980

D910

R1051

100

CNP970

8 6 4 2

9 7 5 3 1

C912

1
2
3

L910

Q907

C957
C950

9

IC912

10

R1050

1

2

R1048

R1008

R1007

R920

R919

R918

R915

1

R978

R979

R981

R994

R990

R989

R1106

B
C
E

Q908

5

15

R1027

R913

R912

R917

33

R1090

FFC970

1

13 12 11 10

1 2 3

R1012

1 2 3

R1015

1

18

R1026

R914

R910

R911

R907

3032

31

29

R1088

R1089

R1014

R1032
R1052

R1024

R1087

TO POWER PWB

P79 12-E

CNP807

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

BI950

R1105A

R1108

R1109

Q906

Q909

C958

C970

R1031

R906

R905

R908

D952

R904

R976

R949

R977

R982

CNP901

R1093

R1092

R1084

R1085

R1086

C1006

IC913

2

3 1

C1005

C1004

R902

R1068

R903
R916

R999

171921232527

R1094

R996

R997

R998

R928

R1028

R901

C1003

111315

R1095

R501

Q50

C5

46810121416182022242628

579

R1097

MAIN PWB-A1

1

H

1

23456

CN1501

TO MD PWB
P82 3-A

28

CW1501

FFC901

1

P72 3-A

CNP1

TO CD PWB

Figure 74 WIRING SIDE OF P.W.BOARD (5/14)

– 74 –

7

8 9 10 11 12

C566

C528

Q508

Q504

Q503

C524

C527

IC502

IC921

C530

C518

C520

C536

Q507

C550

C523

C551

C517

C519

C975

L502

D508

D507

C574

L501

C573

C565

C508

C506

C507

R360

C521

D352

C525

C515

C511

1

C513

C522

C509

R525

R524

R399

Q371

QT21

RT32

CT24

CT23

CT21

RT36
RT37

RT28

RT26

CT29

CT27

RT35

CT28

XT21

DT31

RT39

C563

R526

C529

C516

C514

C512

C526

C510

C503

Q502

Q509

R502

Q501

R501

C372

DZ351

C371

C396

Q351

R392

R391

C357

C370

C358

X351

CF351

C398

C368

IC303

ICT21

CF352

C352

T351

L352

LT22

LT21

C362

R351

L342

CF302

Q360

R336

C391

R369

R346

Q301

CF301

R382

L351

R347

R348

R344

R349

R345

IC302

C321

C393

C380

C394

D305

D312

D306

D311

D304

D303

D302

D301

T302

L341

C331

VD301

T306

VR351

L353

L354

C364

R370

C367

BI940

BI960

8

8

8

5

5

4

1

1

1

12

3
2

1
3
2
1

1
2
3

3
2
1

B
C
E

TP302

13

5

33

246

B C E

E C B

1 2 3

24

5

10

10

12

13

15

20

E C B

R-CH

JK501
AUX IN

L-CH

UNA901

DIGITAL

INPUT

CNP806

TO POWER PWB

FM MUTE
LEVEL

BR

COLOR TABLE

RD(R)

OR

YL

GR

BL
VL

GY

WH(W)

BK
PK

BROWN

RED
ORANGE
YELLOW

GREEN

BLUE

VIOLET

GRAY
WHITE
BLACK

PINK

15

1413121110

9876

54321

C319

C976

C972

C974

L911

C979

C977

C971

R537

R533

R1134

R1067

R1083

R1135

R541

C531

C533

R551

R539

IC503

IC501

C537

C535

R542

C534

C532

R538

R540

R534

R535

R536

R512

R517

R1098

R507

R582

R1097

C501

R503

R504

C502

R528

R516

R515

R1096

R544

R527

R530

C564

R529

R395

R376

C386

R371

R372

C312

R591

R420

R1122A

ZD502

R522

R523

R373

R374

C381

R547

C541

C562

R549

R548

C540

R550

C599

C301

C384

C397

C392

R380

C390

R379

R381

C345

R393

R377

C385

C347

C346

R384

R385

R383

C341

C320

C361

C351

C350

R352

C353

C363

C365

C366

C354

C399

R353

C356

R354

R359

R355

R389

R357

C395

C373

C374

CT37

CT36

CT22

RT33

RT30

RT29

CT26

RT34

R361

R363

R364

R362

R356

R350

C343

R358

C342

C337

C332

C323

C338

C330

C339

C335

C334

R323

R513

R511

R532

R552

R531

C389

C302

C310

R592

C382

C355

C311

R543

R378

C387

3
2
1

1
2
3

1

2

3

2

3451789 6

12 11 10

13 14 15 17 18 1916

22 23 242120

CT25

2 3 4 51 7 8 96

1211

10

131415

17

1819 16

222324 21 20

2

3451789 6

2

3

4

5178

6

12

11 10

13 14 15 17 18 1916

222120

WHGYWHGYWHGYWH

RD

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

CNP102

CNS940

CNP975

P79 12-G
TO POWER PWB

FROM CD PWB

P72 2-G

C598

C597

L912

R514

7

14

ZD902

1

5

7

8

10

14

CNP301

AM LOOP
ANTENNA

2
1

2
1

SO301

FM
ANTENNA
TERMINAL

3 2 1E C B

B
C
E

FE301

C973

1
2
3

CNS11B

T312

B1922A

1

3

BK

WH

X352

P79 12-D

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

Figure 75 WIRING SIDE OF P.W.BOARD (6/14)

– 75 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

9

3

E

0

C

CD-MD3000W

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

FROM DISPLAY PWB

P70 6-C
CNS702

R1066

R966

R965

R1077

R1078

BK

WH

R1069

R1074

R1112

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

R1065

CNP934

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

R1044

R1046

R1079

C951

B1922B

1

R1120A

R1062

R962

1

35

24

R1145

3

678

FROM JOG PWB

P71 11-E

CNS770

CD SWITCH PWB

P71 10-D

C945

R1053

R1054

10 11

CNP931

R953

R954

R946

R1022

9

1011121314151617181920212223242526

C955

R1043

Q952

R1121

C999

B
C
E

R1080

D911

R900

R1057

Q953

CNP920

C956

R1056

R1039

R957

E
C
B

C901

FROM

CNS720

D901
D902

D905

D907

L901

27

28

R1055

R956

R955

R1042

R1041

R1040

R972

FROM MOTOR PWB

P70 2-E
CNP741

C903

R1001

C904

1

2

3

Q901

R995

R948

R947

C952

R944

R943

C943

X902

R941

C998

C916

R1058

C917

R963

R1099

R1075

R960

R1060

D906

R1124A

X901

C941

50
51

R958
R959

C964

R1002

C905

R1036

C902

C942

R967

R971

R1003

C906

3

IC905

C907

R1035

C936

CNP935

1 2 3 4 5 6

R991

R1017

R936

R935

R932

31

35

40

45

55

IC901

60

65

70

R927

R945

R1119A

R968

R969

FFC970

1

2

R1013

C995

CNP933

1 2 3 4 5

C714

789 6

R763

R1016

R933

R934

R1033

30

25

20

15

75

85

81

80

R974

R970

TO TAPE

MECHANISM PWB

P70 5-F

12

R1133
R1107

CNP970

10

12

8 6 4 2

11

9 7 5 3 1

C913

D910

E
C

L910

B

R1011

Q905

R1141

9

R1051

10

R1023

IC701

2

345

R762

R1008

R1007

R921

R920

R919

C914

10

5

1

100

95

90

R980

R993
R992
R984
R985
R986

R1118A

R987

R988

R990

R994

C912

1
2
3

Q907

IC912

1

R1048

R918

R989

C957
C950

R1050

R915

R978

R979

R981

5

15

R1027

R913

R912

R917

R910

1

13 12 11 10

R1106

1 2 3

1 2 3

R1015

B
C
E

Q908

1

18

R1026

R914

R911

3032

33

31

R1088

R1089

R1090

TO POWER PWB

P81 12-E

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

BI950

R1105A

R1108

R1109

Q906

R1012

Q909

R1014

C958

C970

R1032

R1052

R1024

R1031

R906

R905

C1004

R907

R904

D952

D951

R976

R949

R977

R982

29

R1092

R1084

R1085

R1086

R1087

CNP807

C1006

R908

IC913

2

3 1

C1005

R901
R902
R903

R916

R1068

R999

CNP901

171921232527

R1093

R1094

R998

R996

R997

R928

111315

R1028

R1095

R501

C1003

Q50

C5

46810121416182022242628

579

R1097

MAIN PWB-A1

H

1

1

CN1501

TO MD PWB
P82 3-A

23456

28

CW1501

FFC901

1

CNP1

P72 3-A
TO CD PWB

Figure 76 WIRING SIDE OF P.W.BOARD (7/14)

– 76 –

7

8 9 10 11 12

1003

C566

C528

Q508

B1922A

Q504

Q503

C524

C527

IC502

IC921

C530

C518

C520

C536

Q507

C550

C523

C551

C517

C519

C975

X352

L502

D508

D507

C574

L501

C573

C565

C508

C506

C507

R360

C521

D352

C525

C515

C511

1

C513

C522

C509

R525

R524

R399

Q371

C563

R526

C529

C516

C514

C512

C526

C510

C503

Q502

Q509

R502

Q501

R501

C372

DZ351

C371

C396

Q351

R392

R391

C357

C370

C358

X351

CF351

C398

C368

IC303

CF352

C352

T351

L352

C362

R351

L342

CF302

Q360

R336

C391

R369

R382

L351

R345

IC302

C321

C393

C380

C394

D305

D312

D306

D311

D304

D303

D302

D301

T302

C331

VD301

T306

VR351

L353

C364

R370

C367

BI940

BI960

8

8

8

5

5

4

1

1

1

12

3
2

1
3
2
1

1
2
3

3
2
1

B
C
E

13

57

33

246

B C E

E C B

1 2 3

24

5

10

10

12

13

15

20

E C B

R-CH

JK501
AUX IN

L-CH

UNA901
DIGITAL

INPUT

CNP806

TO POWER PWB

FM MUTE
LEVEL

BR

COLOR TABLE

RD(R)

OR

YL

GR

BL
VL

GY

WH(W)

BK
PK

BROWN

RED
ORANGE
YELLOW

GREEN

BLUE

VIOLET

GRAY

WHITE

BLACK

PINK

15

1413121110

9876

54321

1

3

P81 12-C

C319

C976

C972

C974

L911

C979

C977

C971

R537

R533

R1134

R1083

R1135

R1067

R541

C531

C533

R551

R539

IC503

IC501

C537

C535

R542

C534

C532

R538

R540

R534

R535

R536

R512

R517

R1098

R507

R582

R1097

C501

R503

R504

C502

R528

R516

R515

R1096

R544

R527

R530

C564

R529

R395

R376

C386

R371

R372

C312

R591

R420

R1122A

ZD502

ZD902

R522

R523

R373

R374

C381

R547

C541

C562

R549

R548

C540

R550

C599

C301

C384

C397

C392

R380

C390

R379

R381

C345

R393

R377

C385

C347

C346

R384

R385

R383

C341

C320

C361

C351

C350

R352

C353

C363

C365

C366

C354

C399

R353

TP302

C356

R354

R359

R355

R389

R357

C395

C373

C374

R361

R363

R364

R362

R356

R350

C343

R358

C342

C337

C332

C323

C338

C330

C339

C335

C334

R323

R513

R511

R532

R552

R531

C389

C302

C310

R592

C382

C355

C311

R543

R378

C387

3
2
1

1
2
3

1

2

3

2

3451789 6

12 11 10

13 14 15 17 18 1916

22 23 242120

2

3451789 6

12

11 10

13 14 15 17 18 1916

222120

WHGYWHGYWHGYWH

RD

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

CNP102

CNS11B

CNS940

CNP975

P81 12-G
TO POWER PWB

FROM CD PWB

C598

C597

L912

R514

7

14

1

5

7

8

10

14

C973

1
2
3

CNP301

FM/AM
ANTENNA

3
2
1

AM

GND

FM

P72 2-G

BK

WH

VD303

Q302

R327

T312

R314

D310

VD302

BF301

R302

T311

IC301

B
C
E

C316

C309

R311

R313

C314

C315

C327

R322

C318

C313

C324

C326

C325

C305

C304

C303

C317

R325

C308

L312

2

345

1

2

3

1

7

8

9

6

C306

SW901

SPAN

SELECTOR

50/9

100/10

R309

SW901

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

Figure 77 WIRING SIDE OF P.W.BOARD (8/14)

– 77 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

CD-MD3000H

A

B

C

D

MAIN MAINSUB WOOFER

R-CH GND

C260

R286

R288

L202

BLUE

(243) (243)

C268

C264

R290

C266
C262

R292

C278

L204

AC POWER SUPPLY CORD
AC230V, 50Hz

BLUE - BROWN : QACCB0011AW00
BLUE - BROWN : QACCE0010AW00

BROWN

SO201

SPEAKER TERMINALS

GND GND

L-CH L-CH

C265

C272
C274

C270

1

C282

RD

C280

C281

BI201B

GY

WH

C277

C279

GYWHWH

WH

R285

GY

C261

L201

R287

8

GNDR-CH

C273

R289

C259

C263

L203

CNP801

SPEAKER
PWB-D3

C269
R291

C271

C267

When Servicing, pay attention as the
area enclosed by this line ( ) is
directly connected with AC main voltage.

1

2

BL

1

RD

2

GY
WH

WH

GY

RD

CNS808

5
4
3
2
1

T801

MAIN POWER

YL

D806

D808

BK

2345

D805

1

D804

D809

D810

TRANSFORMER

BL

RD

1

R834

BI804

8

C829

WH

WH

RD

GY

GY
WH
GY
WH

RD

BL
BK
BL
RD

CNS804

1

2
3
4
5
6
7
8

1
2
3

4
5

L802

LINE FILTER

RDWHGY

GY

WH

E

15

D816

C832

C831

1
2

3
4

CNP803

5

BI808

F806

T3.15A L 250V

C833

F805

T3.15A L 250V

F804

T5A L 250V

F803

T5A L 250V

T2A L 250V

T2A L 250V

T2.5A L 250V

F808

F801

F802

C834

CNP802

5
4
3
2
1

C826

C827

C828

ORORYL

SUB TRANS
PWB-D2

D807

D811

T802

SUB POWER

TRANSFORMER

F807

T3.15A L 250V

C836

RY801

F

D818

D819

R815

C823

R835

D815

D814

D813

C835

G

D812

C830

IC808

1

2

D802

3

C824

Q807

BCE

D817

C825

R814

H

1

23456

Figure 78 WIRING SIDE OF P.W.BOARD (9/14)

– 78 –

7

8 9 10 11 12

D203

D206

Q207

Q208

R280

R254

C256

Q211

R251

R213

C257

R267

R284

R269

R268

D208

R270

C246

R272

R276

CNP203

BI201A

C255

R271

R266

C252

R275

R273

C245

C244

R274

D210

R265
RY201

D207

C243

Q209

R263

R264

R256

R249

R260

R250

R255
R259

R257

C235

C239

R247

Q203

IC202

RY202

C240

R248

C236

Q204

R258

D204

R234

C222

C226

R233

C221

R237

R253

C233

C225

C228

R243

R245

R202

C204

C231

R215

R244

FR251

C232

C238

C237

FR252

R246

C241

C242

C234

R238

D201

R216

R201

C201

R203

C209

C203

C249

C229

R277

R239

C219

R235

R221

C213

R217

C217

R227
C211

C207

CNP806

R211

C248

C247

R236

IC203

R212

C218

R222

C212

C214

C220

R218

R240

C250

C220

C208

C230

R242

C223

C210

FR213

C202

FR214

R204

IC201

C224

C840

C802

C253

R261

C807

R223

R231

R209

C215

C811

C801

C205

Q201

R219

R225

R205

R229

R220

R226

D202

Q202

C216

C206

R206

R210

R232

R224

R262

C254

C814

C815

C837

R230

R821

R820

Q810

IC803

Q801

C818

Q803

R836

C839

Q805

DZ804

R822

R804

R809

R808

R802

RP807

R803

R807

IC802

Q809

CNP207

C816

C838

LED801

CNP805

C810

R806

Q200

C200

R281

C822

C844

C821

DZ803

C820

R813

R830

R147

Q806

C819

R278

C251

Q206

Q205

D205

CNP807

R138

R120

C121

C130

C132

C126

R128

R136

C125

C131

C120

R132

C138

C124

C127

R134

C122

R129

R155

R144

Q119

C141

C140

R126

R150

R156

R154

R124

Q120

R130

DZ201

R104

C258

CNP102

CNP204

R200

Q212

R299

Q210

R283

R207

R153

Q114

C123

R135

C129

R131

R127

R137

R133

Q115

R149

R125

R117

C116

C118

CNP101

C102

C105

R105

R116

C104

C108

R114

C110

R118

IC101

R109

C112

C106

C111

C119

R121

C113

C107

R119

C109

Q102

R115

C101

R143

R102

R103

R101

Q101

C103

C134

C133

C137

R141

R148

C135

R139

Q116

L104

IC102

POWER PWB-D1

BI960

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

9
10
11
12
13
14
15

TO

MAIN PWB

BI950

1

2

3

4

5

6

7
8
9

10

11
12
13

TO

MAIN PWB

1

1

2

2

1
2

3

4

5
6
7
8

CNS200

RD
BR

MO200

FAN MOTOR

FROM

MAIN PWB

CNS940

7
6
5
4
3
2
1

E
C
B

E

C

B

CNS730

FROM

HEADPHONES PWB

1

8

RD

WH

WH
GY
WH

GY

WH

GY

5
4
3
2
1

3
2
1

4
3
2
1

E

E

C

CBB

E

CB

E

C

B

E

C

B

E

E

C

B

E
C

C

B

B

E

C

B

ECB

1

5

10

15

1

5

15

4

58

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

E

C

B

E

E

E

C
C

C

B

B

B

1

1

1

1

2

2

2

2

3

3

3

3

E

ECC

B

B

EC

B

ECB

ECB

123

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

1

5

10 12

13

15

20

24

COLOR TABLE

BR BROWN

RD(R) RED

OR

ORANGE

YL

YELLOW

GR

GREEN

BL

BLUE

VL

VIOLET

GY

GRAY

WH(W) WHITE

BK

BLACK

PK

PINK

P71 12-E

231

6

7

P75 8-A

P74 6-A

P75 8-H

3
2
1

10

R298
R297

Q812

1
2
3

Q813

1
2

3

FROM

TAPE MECHANISM

ASSEMBLY

(HEAD PLATE BLOCK)

RP805

RP801

RP803

C817

P70 4-G

R241

C227

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

Figure 79 WIRING SIDE OF P.W.BOARD (10/14)

– 79 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

CD-MD3000W

A

B

C

D

E

(243)

L202

MAIN MAINSUB WOOFER

R-CH GND

L204

AC POWER SUPPLY CORD
AC 110V,127V,220V,230-240V,
50/60Hz

BLACK

WHITE

L802

LINE FILTER

SO201

SPEAKER TERMINALS

GND GND

L-CH L-CH

BI201B

1

GY

GYWHWH

WH

WH

SO801

VOLTAGE

SELECTOR

(243)

GNDR-CH

L201

8

L203

RD

GY

127V 110V

220V 230-240V

CNP801

SPEAKER
PWB-D3

1

2

3

4

RDWHGY

5

15

WH

OR

1

WH

2

RD

3

BR

4

BL

5

GY

OR
WH
RD

BR
BL

CNS808

5

GY

4

WH

3

GY

WH

2

RD

1

T801

MAIN POWER

TRANSFORMER

RD

1

BL

2

BK

3

BL

4

RD

5

D816

C832

C831

1

2

3

4

CNP803

5

BI808

F806

T3.15A L 250V

C833

F805

T3.15A L 250V

F804

T5A L 250V

F803

T5A L 250V

T2A L 250V

T2.5A L 250V

F808

F801

T2A L 250V

F802

C834

ORORYL

SUB TRANS
PWB-D2

CNP802

5

4

3
2
1

C826

C827

C828

YL

D807

D811

BK

2345

D806

D808

1

D805

D809

D804

D810

BI804

1

8

C829

R834

RD
WH
GY
WH

GY
WH
GY
WH

CNS804

1
2
3

4

5

6

7

8

T802

SUB POWER

TRANSFORMER

C836

RY801

F

D818

D819

R815

C823

R835

D815

D814

D813

C835

D812

G

C830

IC808

1

2

D802

3

C824

C

B

C825

Q807

E

R814

D817

H

1

23456

Figure 80 WIRING SIDE OF P.W.BOARD (11/14)

– 80 –

7

8 9 10 11 12

C255

RD

1

WH
GY
WH

GY

WH

GY
WH

8

BI201A

5
4
3
2
1

P71 12-E

4
3
2
1

CNS730

FROM

HEADPHONES PWB

CNP207

C816

C838

CBB

R821

R820

R836

3
2

C801

1

IC803

Q803

8
7
6

5

4

CNP805

3
2

1

TAPE MECHANISM

(HEAD PLATE BLOCK)

CNP203

IC802

3
2

1

E
C

Q809

E

Q810

DZ804

C839

E
C

Q805

B

R802

C811

E
C
B

Q801

R808

CB

E

RP801

C818

FROM

ASSEMBLY

P70 4-G

R266

R271

RY202

R807

C815

C814

R803

C837

R822

C802

R804

ECB

R141

R148

R139

R273

C245

C840

Q116

C244

R275

R276

R272

RP803

C133

C135

C252

R274

R809

C137

C246

C254

RP807

LED801

L104

C134

R265
RY201

C253

C817

C105

CNP101

7
6
5
4
3
2
1

C102

C103

POWER PWB-D1

D210

Q101

123

R102

1
2

4
6
8

3
5
7
9

C243

D208

R270

R269

R224
R232
R210

R223

R261

C810

R806

R143

R101
R103

R105

D207

Q209

R268

R262

R209
R231

C807

R115

1

24

IC102

C104

R255

B
C

E

R284

C257

Q102

ECB

C101

C109

R116

C110

R298

R263

R264

R213

R267

R206

C215

C107

R119

5

IC101

20

C108

R114

R109

R118

R250
R260
R256

R259

R249

R251

R280

C256

R254

Q202

C216

C206

C205

Q201
R278

R117

C113

B
C
E

E
C
B

B
C
E

C119

10 12

15

C112

R297

Q203

Q211

R219

C251

RP805

C111

R121

13

C106

R248

C240

B

E
C
B

Q208

D202

R226

R230

R205

R225

C819

C118

R120

B
C
E

R257

C239

C

C235

B
E

R125

C121

R138

C130

C236

Q204

E

R247

C

Q207

B
E

R149

R258

IC201

R220

Q205

C
C

Q206

Q115

1

2

C116

R133

C132

R128

C126

R136

IC202

D204

D206

D203

R229

D201

E
B

B
C

Q806

E

3

R137

C125

C138

R132

C120

1

5

10

15

1

5

10

15

R830

R813

R147

C129

C131

R204

R127

C127

C124

R244

R215

C237

R202

R216

R201

C123

C122

R134

C232

C238

FR251

C231

C204

C202

C210

FR214

C223

C209

FR213

C201

DZ803

C820

R135

R131

R129

R246

FR252

C241

R245

R243

C224

C203

R203

R144

C242

R242
C230

E

Q119

2

R155

R154

R156
R150
R126

R124

C208
C220

C250

C249

C229

C821

Q114

B

1

DZ299

C234

C225

R253

C228

R241

C227

C822

R153

3

C140

C141

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

C233

R237

R277

R296

Q210

Q120

R240

C220

R252

R299

R207

3
1
2

Q215

1

C221

R218

D205

Q212

E

C

2

D821

R233

R222

C214

R239

B

B

R130

B

C842

3

R238

C226

C222

C212

C218

IC203

Q200

B
C

E

C200

R283

ECC

EC

DZ201

R800

Q811

R212

231

7

C219

R214

6

R221

C213

C217

R104

R234

4

58

R235
R217

R200

CNP204

C258

CNP102

CNP205

COLOR TABLE

BR BROWN

RD(R) RED

OR

YL

GR

BL
VL

GY

WH(W) WHITE

BK
PK

R211

C247

R236

C248

C207

R227
C211

Q812

1
2

Q813

3
3
1
2

C844

R295

R208

1

2

1

2
3
4
5
6
7
8

1

2

ORANGE
YELLOW

GREEN

BLUE

VIOLET

GRAY

BLACK

PINK

1

2
3
4

5

6

7

8

9

10
11
12

CNP806

13
14
15

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

CNP807

9

10

11
12
13

CNS200

1

RD

2

BR

FROM

MAIN PWB

CNS940

P77 8-H

CNS205

1

RD

2

BR

TO

MAIN PWB

BI960

P77 8-A

TO

MAIN PWB

BI950

P76 6-A

MO200

FAN MOTOR

MO201

FAN MOTOR

Figure 81 WIRING SIDE OF P.W.BOARD (12/14)

– 81 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

A

1

CW1501

CD-MD3000H

P74 3 - H

CD-MD3000W

P76 3 - H

CNP920

TO MAIN PWB

BK

2
1

BK

MAGNETIC HEAD(34)

(RECORD)

28

1

B

TP1301

28

C

C1300

TP1330

4

IC1301

5

2

TP1302

29

TP1303

CN1300

1

8

D1300

5

1

2

3

R1300

12

R1301

2

5

TP1702

TP1300

3

1

R1702

C1301

IC1302

3

D

C1806

IC1802

1
2
3

31

13

E

TP1113

R1430

14

F

TP1130

TP1109

TP1111

G

TP1110

TP1115

TP1107

30

128

33

TP1543

TP1518

TP1517

TP1513

R1701

TP1501

TP1800

C1107

R1124

TP1108

TP1701

TP1514

TP1516

R1461

TP1420

R1122

TP1106

TP1105

R1526

C1505

C1403

R1123

TP1404

TP1102

TP1103

TP1131

1

TP1502

Q1804

R1463

R1105

TP1405

TP1409

TP1202

1

CN1101

28

R1532

R1534

R1510

R1533

TP1515

R1527

R1529

C1507

R1512

R1523

TP1504

TP1606

R1807

IC1801

5

C1801

IC1402

1

45

R1418

R1417

30

31

R1460

35

40

45

R1125

50

51

TP1133

C1211

TP1251

TP1252

TP1254

TP1118

TP1112

TP1104

C1100

R1101

R1100

TP1119

TP1101

TP1100

CK3

TP1117

TP1203

TP1136

R1537

R1535

R1536

R1538

TP1507

R1520

TP1505

TP1503

R1811

R1804

34

1

R1809

TP1422

8

R1406

55

60

TP1201

C1201

TP1250

C1266

TP1253

C1200

TP1200

R1206

10

TP1135

11 15

TP1116

C1203

CN1501

TP1509

R1521

TP1506

L1501

TP1510

C1804

TP1508

C1805

C1405

R1408

C1406

C1404

R1415

IC1401

65 75

100

1

5

10

15

20

30 35 40 45

25

26

R1207

TP1512

L1502

R1539

TP1511

TP1414

TP1410

R1414

70

C1204

C1205

IC1201

6

IC1202

R1528

TP1705

C1713

C1502

C1750

TP1401

TP1421

510152025

95

90

R1208

5

16 20

TP1525

TP1703

C1709

TP1451

1

100

81

80

R1441

TP1215

TP1207

R1209

80859085

TP1205

28

R1524

R1517

28

C1703

TP1415

TP1402

85

TP1216

76

70

65

60

55

51

50

R1210

1

TP1524

TP1526

R1518

IC1701

20

25

C1407

TP1406

TP1407

TP1217

TP1209

75

TP1212

R1215

C1207

TP1214

TP1206

TP1210

TP1208

TP1630

26

TP1522

TP1700

TP1408

R1211

TP1120

TP1523

TP1520

R1540

10

5

TP1403

TP1204

C1208

22

42

27

TP1521

1415

1

C1708

TP1411

TP1412

TP1413

TP1801

TP1218

TP1423

TP1211

R1217

25

30

35

40

TP1121

C1715

C1705

CK1

C1209

R1214

TP1123

TP1122

36

TP1519

TP1533

TP1706

CK30
CK29

R1219

TP1213

15

10

IC1601

TP1704

R1710

R1707

TP1541

R1222
R1221

20

5

4

TP1532

CK28

TP1542

C1402

TP1605

TP1601

21

1

CN1502

C1741

FL1503

CK27

TP1604

R1624
C1655

TP1400

TP1603

TP1607

1

CK2

CK26

5

1

6

1

TP1600

C1610

TP1530

TP1531

FL1502

CK25

CN1401

CN1402

TP1602

34
35

FL1501

12

17

7

5

1

6
5

32

18

6

1

8

10

11

1234

WHPKBK

WHPKBK

1234

CNP921

P72 2 - H

TO RELAY PWB

CW1931

20

21

CW1932

4

CW1502A

YL

YL

CW1502B

5

1

9

6

1

15

MD MAIN PWB-J

H

(BOTTOM VIEW)

1

23456

25

23

24

22

16

Figure 82 WIRING SIDE OF P.W.BOARD (13/14)

– 82 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

7

8 9 10 11 12

MD PICKUP UNIT

FLEXIBLE

PWB

SW1930
WRITE PRO

MD LOADING

MOTOR PWB-K2

R1932

SW1931

DISC MEDIA

L1551

R1931

L1552

L1554

C1706

R1930

M903

MD LOADING

MOTOR

R1933

C1509
R1516
R1513

R1511

C1712

R1716

C1501

C1710
C1714

C1506

R1515

C1704

R1712

R1714

C1503

Q1701

R1803
R1802

BK

RD

Q1702

R1708

R1711

C1711

R1808

1

CN1931

C1707

R1705

C1716

Q1805

R1805

Q1700

C1700

C1802

Q1803

5

L1702

TP1973

TP1975

TP1974

2

3

IC1702

R1703

Q1802

1

L1701

C1803

Q1501

Q1800

R1806

TP1971

SW1932

LOADING

R1704

C1702

C1701

Q1801

D1401

R1801

TP1972

C1800

RECORD

L1300

SW1933

R1612

R1614

SW1934

PLAY

C1304

IC1300

7

8

C1606

C1302

R1304

5

10

C1303

1

14

MD MECHANISM

SWITCH PWB-K1

TP1941

OR

CN1932

TP1943

BKRD

M901
MD SPINDLE
MOTOR

TP1946

TP1945

SW1936
LEAD IN

M902

MD SLED

MOTOR

BL

TP1944

R1407

Q1806

R1440

R1212

C1210

C1206

C1607

R1606

C1603

C1602

C1601

R1403

R1232

C1604

R1605

R1601

R1420

C1232

XL1201

R1200

R1201

L1202

L1201

R1202

C1202

R1231

C1230

R1203

R1204

R1230

C1409

R1266

R1205

L1200

C1411

R1102

D1402

R1622

R1623

R1621

C1616

L1600

1

6

C1619

C1615

C1613

C1612

R1620

R1618

R1617

C1611

R1616

R1600

R1424

R1443

R1444

C1263

C1119

R1263

C1262

R1262

C1123

R1405

R1401

R1435

C1265

C1124

R1121

C1122

C1121

Q1402

C1264

C1261

R1261

R1120

24

25

30

36

37

C1118

C1117

R1119

Q1403

R1265

R1264

R1118

IC1101

35

40 45

C1115

L1101

R1117

1520

C1116

L1100

13

10

5

48

C1114

C1113

Q1807

C1125

R1116

R1115

12

1

R1113

R1112

R1110

C1110

C1112

R1114

R1111

C1111

: Through-hole where the top and bottom patterns are connected.

• The numbers 1 to 36 are waveform numbers shown in page 86 and 87.

Figure 83 WIRING SIDE OF P.W.BOARD (14/14)

– 83 –

MD MAIN PWB-J

(TOP VIEW)

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

TYPES OF TRANSISTOR AND LED

FRONT

VIEW

ECB

(S)(G)(D)
(1) (2) (3)

IC1101

PIN

VOLTAGE

NO.

1

0.7V

0.7V

2

0.7V

3

0.7V

4

1.3V

5

1.3V

6

1.3V

7

1.3V

8

1.3V

9

1.3V

10

1.3V

11

1.3V

12

1.3V

13

1.3V

14

1.3V

15

1.3V

16

1.3V

17

1.3V

18

1.3V

19

1.3V

20

1.3V

21

1.3V

22

1.3V

23

0.7V

24

1.5V

25

0V

26

3.2V (0V)

27

2.6V

28

2.6V

29

1.3V

30

0V

31

1.3V

32

1.3V

33

0V

34

1.3V

35

1.3V

36

1.3V

37

1.3V

38

0V

39

2.6V

40

1.6V

41

0V

42

1.3V

43

1.1V

44

0.7V

45

1.3V

46

0.7V

47

0V

48

2SA1015 GR
2SA562 Y
2SB561 C
2SB562 C
2SC1740 R
2SC380 O
(CD-MD3000H Only)
DTC363 TS
KRA102 M
KRA107 M
KRC102 M
KRC104 M
KRC107 M
KTA1046 Y
KTA1266 GR
KTC2026
KTC3194 Y
(CD-MD3000W Only)
KTC3203 Y
KTC3199 GR

VOLTAGE

1.3V

2.6V

1.3V
0V

2.6V

1.3V

1.3V

1.3V

1.3V

1.3V

1.3V

1.3V

2.6V

2.6V
0V
0V

1.6V

1.6V

1.6V

1.6V

1.6V

1.6V

1.6V

1.6V

1.6V

0.7V

0.7V

0.7V

1.7V

1.3V

3.2V

0.7V

1.1V

1.1V

1.1V

1.1V

2.3V
0V

2.5V

1.8V

1.9V

1.3V

2.3V

3.1V

1.8V

1.3V

1.3V

3.0V

2.6V

1.4V

IC1201

PIN

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99

100

PIN
NO. NO.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

FRONT

VIEW

B

2SA1242 Y

B

(3)

E

(1)

2SA1162 G
2SD601 AR
UN2113
UN2213
UN2214
UN221N

VOLTAGE

1.6V
0V
0V
0V

3.2V
0V

3.2V

3.2V

3.2V

3.2V
0V

2.5V
0V

1.0V

1.0V

1.6V

1.6V
0V
0V

1.6V

1.6V

1.6V
0V
0V

1.6V

1.6V

1.6V
0V

3.2V

3.2V

3.2V

3.2V
0V
0V

1.6V

3.2V

3.2V
0V

3.2V

0.2V
0V
0V
0V
0V

0.1V
0V
0V

3.2V

3.2V
0V

C

TOP
VIEW

PIN
NO.

PIN
NO.

PIN
NO.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

9
10
11
12

13
14
15
16
17

18
19
20

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

9
10
11
12
13
14

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

E

C

(2)

IC1202

VOLTAGE

1.3V

1.8V

3.1V

2.3V

1.3V

1.7V

0.7V

0.7V

0.7V

3.2V

0.7V

1.1V

1.1V

1.1V

1.1V

2.3V

2.5V

1.8V

1.9V
0V

IC1300

VOLTAGE

(2.6V)
(2.6V)
(0.1V)
(2.6V)
(2.6V)
(0.1V)
(0V)
(1.4V)
(0.1V)
(2.6V)
(1.4V)
(0.1V)
(2.6V)
(5.0V)

IC1301

VOLTAGE

(5.0V)
(1.4V)
(1.4V)
(2.5V)
(2.5V)
(1.4V)
(1.4V)
(5.0V)

FRONT

VIEW

BCE

2SD2012

FRONT

VIEW

C

B

E

2SA1314 C

VOLTAGE

IC1601

PIN

VOLTAGE

NO.

1

1.6V

1.6V

2

1.6V

3

5.0V

4

5.0V

5

0V

6

0V

7

1.6V

8

2.5V

9

2.5V

10

0V

11

2.5V

12

2.5V

13

2.5V

14

2.5V

15

1.6V

16

1.6V

17

1.6V

18

1.2V

19

1.2V

20

1.6V

21

1.6V

22

1.6V

23

0V

24

3.2V

25

3.2V

26

1.6V

27

1.6V

28

0V

29

1.6V

30

2.5V

31

2.5V

32

0V

33

2.5V

34

2.5V

35

1.6V

36

1.6V

37

5.0V

38

5.0V

39

1.6V

40

5.0V

41

0.9V

42

IC1302

PIN

VOLTAGE

NO.

(1.5V)

1

(1.5V)

2

(2.5V)

3

(0V)

4

(2.5V)

5

( ):REC MODE

FRONT
VIEW

HLMP1700
K5052UL
L934MBC5
LNG995PF

543

1:Cathode

TOP
VIEW

1

2:Cathode
3:Anode
4:No Contact
5:Anode

2

SBE803

VOLTAGE

0V
0V
0V

0.4V
0V
0V

3.2V
0V
0V
0V
0V

3.2V

1.5V
0V

1.6V

3.2V

3.2V

3.2V

3.2V
0V
0V

3.2V
0V
0V

2.9V

3.2V

3.2V
0V

3.2V

3.2V

1.5V
0V

2.6V

0.8V

3.2V

3.2V
0V
0V
0V (3.2V)

3.2V
0V
0V
0V

3.2V

3.2V

3.2V
0V
0V

0.1V
0V

IC1401

PIN

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99

100

PIN
NO. NO.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

1 2 3

VOLTAGE

0V
0V
0V

0.2V
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V

0V

3.2V

3.2V
0V

3.2V

3.2V

3.2V
0V
0V

3.1V
0V
0V
0V

3.2V

3.2V
0V
0V
0V

0V

3.2V
0V
0V
0V

3.2V
0V

3.2V

3.2V

3.2V

2.0V

1.8V

2.2V

1.5V

0.7V
0V
0V
0V
0V

3.2V

3.2V
0V

SVC211C
SVC348S

TOP
VIEW

SB00703Q

IC1402

PIN

VOLTAGE

NO.

0V

1

0V

2

0V

3

0V

4

3.2V

5

3.2V

6

3.2V

7

3.2V

8

IC1701

PIN

VOLTAGE

NO.

0V

1

3.2V

2

1.6V

3

1.6V

4

1.6V

5

0V

6

3.2V

7

0V

8

0V

9

3.2V

10

0V

11

3.2V

12

3.2V

13

3.2V

14

3.2V

15

0V

16

1.6V

17

0V

18

0V

19

0V

20

0V

21

0V

22

0V

23
24

0V

25
26

0V

27

1.6V

28

TOP VIEW

DS1SS133

TOP VIEW

1N4004S
1SS355

IC1702

PIN

VOLTAGE

NO.

2.46V

1

0V

2

3.85V

3

IC1801

PIN

VOLTAGE

NO.

0V

1

5.0V

2

3.2V

3

3.1V

4

0V

5

IC1802

PIN

VOLTAGE

NO.

0V

1

3.2V

2

2.6V

3

– 84 –

1

IC2 33pin

2

IC5 2pin

3

IC5 1pin

NO DISC FOCUS SEARCH

FOO

FO+

FO-

WAVEFORMS OF CD CIRCUIT

STOP PLAY

TMAX

12

IC2 17pin

SBOK

13

IC2 8pin

DMO

14

IC2 41pin

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

4

IC2 38pin

5

IC2 29pin

6

IC2 31pin

5

IC2 29pin

7

IC2 30pin

8

IC6 22pin

FOCUS SEARCH TOC IL

SEL

FEI

TEI

STOP PLAY

FEI

SBAD

RFO

STOP PLAY

0.2µs

2.00div

0.2µs

0.2µs

6

IC2 31pin

11

IC2 34pin

15

IC2 40pin

6

IC2 31pin

11

IC2 34pin

15

IC2 40pin

0.2µs

STOP PLAY

TEI

TRO

FMO

0.2µs

CUE

TEI

TRO

FMO

0.2µs

REVIEW

5

IC2 29pin

9

IC6 19pin

10

IC6 17pin

6

IC2 31pin

11

IC2 34pin

7

IC2 30pin

FEI

RFGO

RFRP

TEI

TRO

SBAD

STOP PLAY

0.2µs

0.2µs

– 85 –

6

IC2 31pin

11

IC2 34pin

15

IC2 40pin

16

IC2 53pin

17

IC2 50pin

TEI

TRO

FMO

0.2µs

TCD-782 TNO-02 PLAYBACK

LO

RO

0.2µs

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

POWER ON

TP1518

1

(RESET)

WAVEFORMS OF MD CIRCUIT

TOC READ (Low reflection disc)

TP1122

4

(F+)

TP1207

6

(TEMON)

TP1510

2

(MD-ST)

TP1800

3

(3.2V)

TP1122

4

TP1212

5

(FEMON)

TP1207

6

(TEMON)

TP1451

7

(ADJUST)

TP1122

4

TP1212

5

(FEMON)

TP1207

6

(TEMON)

TP1451

7

(ADJUST)

(F+)

(F+)

TOC READ (Low reflection disc)

TOC READ (High reflection disc)

10
11

4

6
10
11

4

5
12
13

TP1603

(SP+)

TP1602

(SP-)

TP1122

(F+)

TP1207

(TEMON)

TP1603

(SP+)

TP1602

(SP-)

TP1122

(F+)

TP1212

(FEMON)

TP1422

(DSENSE)

TP1420

(FOK)

TOC READ (High reflection disc)

STOP > PLAY

4
6

8
9

4
6

8
9

TP1122

(F+)

TP1207

(TEMON)

TP1601

(SLD+)

TP1600

(SLD-)

TP1122

(F+)

TP1207

(TEMON)

TP1601

(SLD+)

TP1600

(SLD-)

TOC READ (Low reflection disc)

TOC READ (High reflection disc)

14

15

– 86 –

TP1201

(EFMMON)

TP1135

(ADIPO)

PLAY (Low reflection disc)

PLAY (Low reflection disc)

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

14

(EFMMON)

6

(TEMON)

16
17

14

(EFMMON)

6

(TEMON)

16
17

TP1201

TP1207

TP1121

(T+)

TP1421

(CIN)

TP1201

TP1207

TP1121

(T+)

TP1421

(CIN)

PLAY (Low reflection disc)

PLAY (High reflection disc)

TP1300

28

(REC HEAD)

TP1302

29

(EFMO)

TP1105

30

(LDVAL)

TP1113

31

(R/P)

IC1201

18

(DFCK)

IC1201

32

(ADDATA)

IC1201

20

(BCLK)

IC1201

21

(LRCK)

REC

Analog REC

72

73

71

70

IC1201

18

(DFCK)

IC1201

19

(DADATA)

IC1201

20

(BCLK)

IC1201

21

(LRCK)

IC1202

22

(WE)

IC1202

23

(CAS)

IC1202

(I/01)

24

IC1202

25

(A0)

PLAY

72

74

TP1515

33

71

70

(DIGIN)

PLAY

3

TP1530

34

(CDLRCK)

17

1

6

35
36

TP1531

(CDBCK)

TP1533

(CDDATA)

Digital REC

Double speed REC

26

27

TP1524

(L OUT)

TP1526

(R OUT)

PLAY(1kHz 0dB)

– 87 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

TROUBLESHOOTING

CD SECTION

When the CD does not function

When the CD section does not operate when the objective lens of the optical pickup is dirty, this section may not operate. Clean
the objective lens, and check the playback operation. When this section does not operate even after the above step is taken, check
the following items.
Remove the cabinet and follow the troubleshooting instructions.
"Track skipping and/or no TOC (Table Of Contents) may be caused by build up of dust other foreign matter on the laser pickup
lens. Before attempting any adjustment make certain that the lens is clean. If not, clean it as mentioned below."

Turn the power off.
Gently clean the lens with a lens cleaning tissue and a small amount of isopropyl alcohol.
Do not touch the lens with the bare hand.

Dust gradually accumulates on the objective lens during use, and it may degrade performance. To avoid this problem, use a
cleaning disc designed for CD optical pickup lenses.

HOW TO USE

1. Using the brush in the cleaner cap, apply 1 or 2 drops of the cleaning fluid to the brush on the CD cleaner disc which has
the mark next to it.

2. Place the CD cleaner disc onto the CD disc tray with the brush side down, then press the play button.

3. You will hear music for about 20 seconds and the CD player will automatically stop. If it continues to turn, press the stop

button.

CAUTION

The CD lens cleaner should be effective for 30~50 operations, however if the brushes become worn out earlier then please

replace the cleaner disc.

If the CD cleaner brushes become very wet then wipe off any excess fluid with a soft cloth.

Do not drink the cleaner fluid or allow it to come in contact with the eyes. In the event of this happening then drink and /

or rinse with clean water and seek medical advice.

The CD cleaner disc must not be used on car CD players or on computer CD-ROM drives.

All rights reserved. Unauthorized duplicating, broadcasting and renting this product is prohibited by law.

Cleaner Liquid

Cleaning Disc
PARTS CODE: UDSKA0004AFZZ

– 88 –

Check in the CD test mode.

STEP 1

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

Does the display "E-CD01" appear?

No

Does the pickup move to the inner/outer position using the
'UP'/'DOWN' key?

Yes

STEP 2

Laser ON?

Yes

STEP 3

Focus search?

Yes

Yes

No

No

No

Check the line of PU-IN SW.
Check from pin 2 of CNP6 via pin 25 of CNP1 to pin 94 of
IC901.

Check the line of the slide control.
Check from pins 3 and 4 of CNP6 via pins 17, 18 and 22 of
IC5 to pin 40 of IC2.

Check from pins 7 and 8 of CNP5 via Q4 and pins 6 and 7 of
IC6 to pin 38 of IC2.

Check from pins 3 and 4 of CNP5 via pins 1, 2 and 6 of IC5 to
pins 29 and 33 of IC2.
Check from pins 1, 3 and 4 of CNP7 to pins 2 and 3 of IC6.

STEP 4

Focus search?

STEP 5

Tracking servo?

RF signal

AUDIO signal

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

No

No

No

Check from pins 5 and 6 of CNP6 via pins 19, 20 and 21 of
IC5 to pin 41 of IC2.

Check from pins 1 and 2 of CNP5 via pins 3, 4 and 5 of IC5 to
pins 31 and 34 of IC2.
Check from pins 2 and 5 of CNP7 to pins 4 and 5 of IC6.

Check from pins 21, 22 and 23 of IC6 to pin 24 of IC2.

Check from pins 50 and 53 of IC2 to pins 24 and 28 of
CNP1.

– 89 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

MD SECTION

When MD fails to operate

If the objective lens of optical pickup is contaminated, MD may fail to operate. At first, clean the objective lens to check playback
operation. If MD fails persistently to operate, perform checks as follows.
If dust or foreign substance is accumulated on the pickup lens, playback is disturbed and indication of TOC (content of tracks) may
be disabled. Before adjusting check that the lens is clean. If the lens is contaminated, treat it as follows.

Turn off power supply, impregnate the lens cleaning paper with a small quantity of isopropyl alcohol, and gently wipe the lens with
it with due care so that the lens is not damaged. At this time do not touch the lens directly with your finger.

Is disc loading normal?

Yes

Is playback state set when the MD PLAY/PAUSE button is
pressed?

Yes

Is audio output normal?

Yes

Is record and playback operations normal?

• Playback state cannot be set.

Is it impossible to set both high reflection disc and low
reflection disc to playback state?

Yes

Only the high reflection disc cannot be played back.

Yes

No

No

No

No

No

Check as stated in item "disc Loading is not normal".

Check as stated in item "Playback state cannot be set".

Check as stated in item "Audio playback circuit".

Check as stated in item "Record and playback operations".

Check as stated in item "TEST mode check".

No

Only the low reflection disc cannot be played back.

Yes

Is 1.3V to 1.6V applied to the pin 93 of IC1401 with the high
reflection disc inserted?

Yes

No

Yes

After re adjustment check as stated in item "Normal playback".

Is 1.6V to 1.9V (record enabled) or 2.0V to 2.3V (record disabled)
applied to the pin 93 of IC1401with the low reflection disc inserted?

No

Check SW1931 loading motor PWB, and CN1931.

• Audio playback circuit

When sound is not output although the playback time display advances during playback in the normal mode.

Is audio output waveform observed on the pins 24 and 26 of
IC1701?

Yes

Is audio output waveform observed on the pins 26 and 28 of
CN1501?

Yes

No

No

Check the pins 70, 71, 72 and 74 of IC1201, and the pins
12, 16, 17, and 19 of IC1701.

Check connection between IC1701 and CN1501.

Check the main PWB.

– 90 –

• Disc loading is not normal.

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

Is disc loaded when it is inserted?

No

Is +5V to +6V applied to the pins 17 and 18 of CN1501?

Yes

Is pulse input in the pin 6 of CN1501 when reset power supply
is turned on?

Yes

Is +3.2V applied to the pin 62 of IC1401?

Yes

Is pulse of 8.4672MHz applied to the pin 15 of IC1401?

Yes

Is pulse output from the pin 34 of IC1401?

Yes

Is the pin 5 of CN1401 set to H state?

Yes

Yes

No

No

No

No

No

No

Check the power PWB, Main PWB, and
CN1501.

Check the Main PWB and CN1501.

Check the periphery of Q1804 and
IC1401.

Check IC1201.

Check IC1401.

Check CN1401,CN1931 and SW1932.

Is change observed on the pin 19 or 20 of IC1601?

No

Yes

Is change observed on the pin 12 or 13 of IC1601?

Yes

Check M903

Yes

Is ejection performed when the MD taking-out button is
pressed?

Yes

Disc retracts soon after completion of disc ejection.

Yes

Check SW1932.

No

Check IC1401.

Check CN1401,CN1931 and IC1601.

No

No

– 91 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

• Normal playback

When it has been confirmed that EEPROM value is normal in the TEST mode

Is initialization performed normally when high reflection disc is
played back?

No No

Does disc rotate normally?

Yes

Check the position as stated in item "Lead-in switch position
measurement mode".

Yes

No

Does the playback time display advance?

Check IC1201.

Is lead-in switch turned on in the TEST mode when the pickup is on
the innermost periphery? (Is the pin 63 of IC1401 on L level?)

No

Check SW1936, soldered joints of mechanism switch PWB, and
periphery of pin 6 of CN1932.

• Record and playback operations

Insert the low reflection disc, and after verifying the audio output in the normal mode playback set the record/playback TEST mode.

Is recording performed after displaying TEST REC?.

Yes

Is RF waveform output to the pin 1 of IC1201 or TP1201
when playback is performed after recording?

No

Yes

Check whether the disc is record-prohibited.

No

Does the level of pins 3,26 and 39 of IC1401 in record state
differ from that in playback state?

Yes

Does RF pattern appear on the pin 50 of IC1201 during
recoading?

Yes

Check IC1300 to 1302 and periphery of CN1300.

Is output waveform given to the pins 22 and 24 of CN1501 in
AUX input record in the Normal mode?

Yes

Is input waveform given to the pins 3 and 5 of IC1701?

Yes

Check the periphery of IC1701, and the pins 70, 71, 72, and
73 of IC1201.

No

No

No

No

Check periphery of IC1401.

Check for IC1201 soldering failure.

Check the main PWB.

Check connection between IC1701 and CN1501.

– 92 –

• The spindle motor does not rotate.

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

Is waveform output from the pins 24 and 25 of IC1201 in the step
4 of AUTO auxiliary adjustment mode of TEST mode?

Yes

Is waveform output from the pins 9 and 10 of IC1601 and the pins
5 and 6 of CN1402?

Yes

Replace with a spindle motor (complete).

• The sled motor does not rotate.

Do the pins 22 and 23 of IC1201 change with the /
button?

No

Do the pins 14 and 15 of IC1601 and the pins 3 and 4 of CN1402
change with the / button?

Yes

Does voltage of the + and - terminals on the sled motor
change with the / button?

No

No

Yes

No

No

Check the pins 24 and 25 of IC1201, soldering of peripheral circuit,
and parts.

Check IC1601, CN1402, and soldering of mechanism switch PWB.

Check the waveform of pins 22 and 23 of IC1201, peripheral parts,
and soldering.

Check IC1601 and soldering of CN1402.

Check the soldering connected to the sled motor and for
disconnection.

Replace the sled motor.

Yes

– 93 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

FUNCTION T ABLE OF IC

IC2 VHiTC9490F/-1: Servo/Signal Control (TC9490F) (1/2)

Pin No.

1 BCK Output Bit clock output terminal. 32fs, 48fs or 64fs can be selected by command.
2 LRCK Output L/R channel clock output terminal. L channel: "L", R channel: "H".

3 AOUT Output Audio data output terminal. MSB/LSB fast can be selected by command.
4 DOUT Output Digital out output terminal. Up to double speed can be output.
5* IPF Output Correction flag output terminal. When the correction impossible symbol appears if the AOUT

6 VDD3 — Digital 3.3V power supply terminal.
7 VSS3 — Digital GND terminal.
8* SBOK Output Subcode Q data CRCC decision result output terminal. When the decision result is OK: "H".
9* CLCK Input/Output Clock input/output terminal for subcodes P-W data reading.

10* DATA Output Subcodes P-W data output terminal.
11* SFSY Output Playback system frame sync signal output terminal.
12* SBSY Output Subcode block sync output terminal.

13 /HSO Output Playback speed mode flag output terminal.
14* /UHSO Output

Terminal Name

Input/Output

the output polarity can be inverted by command.

output corresponds to the C2 correction output: "H".

The input/output polarity can be selected by command.

In the S1 position when the subcode sync is detected: "H".

/UHSO

H H Normal speed playback
H L Double speed playback
L L 4-time speed playback
———

/HSO

Function

Playback speed

15 PVDD3 — 3.3V power supply terminal for PLL system.
16 PDO Output EFM signal/PLCK signal phase error signal output terminal.
17 TMAX Output TMAX detection result output terminal.

TMAX detection result

Longer than the specified period "PVDD3"
Within the specified period "Hi-z"
Shorter than the specified period "AVSS3"

18 LPFN Input Amp's inversion input terminal for PLL system low-pass filter.
19 LPFO Output Amp's output terminal for PLL system low-pass filter.
20 PVREF — VREF terminal only for PLL system.
21 VCOF Output Filter terminal for VCO.
22 AVSS3 — Analog GND terminal.
23 SLCO Output DAC output terminal for data slice level generation.
24 RFI Input RF signal input terminal. Zin can be selected by command.
25 AVDD3 — Analog 3.3V power supply terminal.
26 RFCT Input RFRP signal center level input terminal.
27 RFZI Input Input terminal for RFRP signal zero crossing.
28 RFRP Input RF ripple signal terminal.
29 FEI Input Focus error signal input terminal.
30 SBAD Input Sub-beam addition signal input terminal.
31 TEI Input Tracking error input terminal. Fetch when the tracking servo is on.
32 TEZI Input Input terminal for tracking error signal zero crossing.
33 FOO Output Focus equalizer output terminal.
34 TRO Output Tracking equalizer output terminal.
35 VREF — Analog reference power supply terminal.
36 RFGC Output RF amplitude adjustment control signal output terminal.
37 TEBC Output Tracking balance control signal output terminal.
38 SEL Output APC circuit ON/OFF signal output terminal.

When the laser is on, UHS="L": "Hi-z", UHS="H": "H" output.

TMAX output

In this unit, the terminal with asterisk mark (*) is (open) terminal which is not connected to the outside.

– 94 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

IC2 VHiTC9490F/-1: Servo/Signal Control (TC9490F) (2/2)

Pin No.

Terminal Name

Input/Output

39 AVDD3 — Analog 3.3V power supply terminal.
40 FMO Output Feed equalizer output terminal.
41 DMO Output Disc equalizer output terminal.
42 VSS3 — Digital GND terminal.
43 VDD3 — Digital 3.3V power supply terminal.
44 TESIN Input Test input terminal. Usually "L" fixed.
45 XVSS3 — GND terminal for system clock oscillation circuit.
46 XI Input System clock oscillation circuit input terminal.
47 XO Output System clock oscillation circuit output terminal.
48 XVDD3 — 3.3V power supply terminal for system clock oscillation circuit.
49 DVSS3 — GND terminal for D/A converter.
50 RO Output R channel data normal rotation output terminal.
51 DVDD3 — 3.3V power supply terminal for D/A converter.
52 DVR — Reference voltage terminal.
53 LO Output L channel data normal rotation output terminal.
54 DVSS3 — D/A converter section GND terminal.
55* ZDET Output 1-bit D/A converter 0 detection flag output terminal.
56 VSS5 — GND terminal for microcomputer interface.
57-60 BUS0-BUS3 Input/Output Data input/output terminal for microcomputer interface.
61 BUCK Input Clock input terminal for microcomputer interface.
62 /CCE Input Chip enable signal input terminal for microcomputer interface.

In case of "L", BUS3-0 are active.
63 /RST Input Reset signal input terminal. Reset: "L".
64 VDD5 — 5V power supply terminal for microcomputer interface.

In this unit, the terminal with asterisk mark (*) is (open) terminal which is not connected to the outside.
Note: AI/F: Analog input/output terminal
3-5I/F: Terminal with a built-in 3-5 interface (5V system input/output terminal)
3I/F: 3V system input/output terminal

Function

DVSS3

RO

DVDD3

DVR

LO

DVSS3

ZDET

VSS5

BUS0

BUS1

BUS2

BUS3

BUCK

/CCE

/RST

VDD5

XVDD3

48

47

49

50

51

LPF

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

1

23456

BCK

LRCK

4546

Clock

generator

1-bit

DAC

Correction

Audio output

circuit

interface

Microcomputer

AOUT

XVSS3

circuit

DOUT

TESIN

44

IPF

VDD3

4243

Address

circuit

16K RAM

Digital

out

VDD3

VSS3

7

VSS3

XI

XO

DMO

41

8

SBOK

FMO

40

PWM

Servo control

9

CLCK

SEL

AVDD3

38

39

ROM

Digital equalizer

adjustment circuit

RAM

CLV

servo

Synchronizing

signal guarantee

EFM demodulation

Sub-code

demodulation

circuit

11

10

SFSY

DATA

12

37

TEBC

SBSY

+

36

13

RFGC

A/D

TMAX

/HSO

VCO

PLL

14

VREF

D/A

Data
slicer

/UHSO

TRO

3435

+

+

15 16

PVDD3

FOO

33

32

TEZI

TEI

31

SBAD

30

29

FEI

RFRP

28

RFZI

27

RFCT

26

AVDD3

25

RFI

24

SLCO

23

AVSS3

22

21

VCOF

PVREF

20

19

LPFO

+

LPFN

18

17

TMAX

PDD

Figure 95 BLOCK DIAGRAM OF IC

– 95 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

IC6 VHiTA2147F/-1:Servo Pre Amp. (TA2147F)

Pin No.

Terminal Name

Input/Output

1 VCC — 3.3V power supply terminal
2 FNI Input Main beam amp input terminal
3 FPI Input Main beam amp input terminal
4 TPI Input Sub-beam amp input terminal
5 TNI Input Sub-beam amp input terminal
6 MDI Input Monitor photodiode amplifier input terminal
7 LDO Output Laser diode amp output terminal
8 SEL Input APC circuit ON/OFF signal, LDO terminal control input terminal and bottom/peak

detection frequency switching terminal

SEL

APC circuit LDO

GND OFF Connection to VCC via 1kΩ
Hi-z ON Control signal output
VCC ON Control signal output

Function

9 TEBC Input Tracking error balance adjustment signal input terminal

• TEBC input voltage
10 TEN Input Tracking error signal generation amp antiphase input terminal
11 TEO Output Tracking error signal generation amp output terminal
12 RFDC Output RF signal peak detection output terminal
13 GVSW Input AGC, FE, TE amp gain switching terminal

GVSW

Mode

GND CD-RW
Hi-z CD-DA
VCC CD-CA

14 VRO Output Reference voltage (VRO) output terminal • VCC=3.3V: VRO=1/2 VCC
15 FEO Output Focus error signal generation amp output terminal
16 FEN Input Focus error signal generation amp antiphase input terminal
17 RFRP Output Signal generation amp output terminal for track count
18 RFRPIN Input Signal generation amp input terminal for track count
19 RFGO Output RF signal amplitude adjustment amp output terminal
20 RFGC Input RF amplitude adjustment control signal input terminal • RFGC input voltage
21 AGCIN Input RF signal amplitude adjustment amp input terminal
22 RFO Output RF signal generation amp output terminal
23 RFN Input RF signal generation amp input terminal
24 GND — GND terminal

RFDC

TEO TEN TEB

11

12

15K

20µ

50K

PEAK

40K

20K

10p

SEL LDO

9

10

20K

40K

20K

50K

2K

1.3V

7

8

1K

2K

14K

MDI

TNI

TPI

15p

x0.5

FPI

3

4

x2

80K

1

40p

180K

60k

20K

60k

180K

5

6

x2

x0.5

K

15p

240K

240K

80K

FNI

2

40p

20K

VCC

1

V

PIN

CTRL

V

CC

HiZ

GND

SEL

(APC_SW)

APC ON
APC ON

APC OFF

(LDO=H)

TEB

(TE_BAL)

-50%
0%

+50%

RFGC

(AGC_Gain)

+12dB

+6dB

0dB

GVSW

(CD/RW)

DA

(0dB)

DA

(0dB)

RW

(+12dB)

GVSW

13

20K

20K

14

VRO FEO

15K

15

12K

50u

20K

10p

16

FEN RFRP

12K

PEAK

BOTTOM

20K

40K

18

17

19

20K

20

RFGC AGCIN

3K

3K

30K

21

22

RFN GNDRFRPIN RFGO

RFO

24

23

Figure 96 BLOCK DIAGRAM OF IC

– 96 –

IC901 RH-iX0354AWZZ: System Microcomputer (IX0354AW) (1/2)

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

Pin No.

1 P60/A16 Output Cassette playback mute
2 P62/A18 Output Recording output (Cassette)
3 P61/A17 Output Recording bias output (Cassette)
4 P63/A19 Output Span output for destination 1
5 P64/RD Output Cassette operation motor output
6 P65/WR Output Cassette solenoid output
7 P66/WAIT Output Span output for destination 2
8 P67/ASTB Input Pulse for tape running check
9 VDD Input To be connected to VDD
10 P100/T15/TO5 Input A side foolproof switch
11 P101/T16/TO6 Input B side foolproof switch
12 P102/T17/TO7 Input Cassette CAM switch
13 P103/T18/TO8 Input Cassette detection switch
14 P30/TO0 Output Tuner chip enable
15 P31/TO1 Input Destination input
16 P32/TO2 Output CD mute
17 P33/T11 Input Tuner span select
18 P34/T12 Output Expanded IC control signal
19 P35/T100 Output Expanded IC control signal
20 P36/T101 Output Expanded IC control signal
21 P37 Output Expanded IC control signal
22 TEST/Vpp Input Not used
23* P90 Output Not used
24* P91 Output Not used
25* P92 Output Not used
26* P93 Output Not used
27* P94 Output Not used
28 P06/INTP6 Output POWER relay control
29* P120/RTP0 Output Not used
30* P121/RTP1 Output Not used
31* P122/RTP2 Output Not used
32 P123/RTP3 Output LED output for timer
33 P124/RTP4 Output LCD backlight control
34 P125/RTP5 Output System mute output
35 P126/RTP6 Input Panel close switch
36 P127/RTP7 Input Panel open switch
37 VDD Input Connected to VDD
38 X2 Output 8 MHz sera - lock
39 X1 Input 8 MHz sera - lock
40 VSS Input Ground potertial to be connected to VSS
41 XT2 Output 32.768 kHz crystal
42 XT1 Input 32.768 kHz crystal
43 RESET Input Reset input
44 P00/INTP0 Input Remote control signal input
45 P01/INTP1 Input JOG A input
46 P02/INTP2/NMI Input JOG B input
47 P03/INTP3 Input Power failure detection
48 P04/INTP4 Input Speaker abnormal detection
49 P05/INTP5 Output Speaker relay
50 P95 Input POWER key input
51 AVDD — Analog power supply

Input/Output

FunctionPort Name

In this unit, the terminal with asterisk mark (*) is (open) terminal which is not connected to the outside.

– 97 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

IC901 RH-iX0354AWZZ: System Microcomputer (IX0354AW) (2/2)

Pin No.

52 AVref0 — Analog reference potential 0
53 P10/ANI0 Input Key input 0 (AD port)
54 P11/ANI1 Input Key input 1 (AD port)
55 P12/ANI2 Input Key input 2 (AD port)
56 P13/ANI3 Input Key input 3 (AD port)
57 P14/ANI4 Input Key input 4 (AD port)
58 P15/ANI5 Input Not used
59 P16/ANI6 Input Tuner state input
60 P17/ANI7 Input Not used
61 AVSS — Analog GND
62 P130/ANO0 Input MD serch output
63 P131/ANO1 Output MD reset output
64 AVref1 Input Analog reference potential 1
65 P70/RxD2/SI2 Input MD data input
66 P71/TxD2/SO2 Output K data output
67
68 P20/RxD1/SI1 Input Tuner data input
69 P21/TxD1/SO1 Output Tuner data output
70 P22/ASCK1/SC Output Tuner clock output
71 P23/PCL Intput MD load switch
72 P24/BUZ Intput MD DSTB input
73 P25/SI0/SDA0 Output LCD read/write
74 P26/SO0 Output MD SID output
75 P27/SCK0/SCL0 Output LCD clock
76 P80/A0 Input CAM A switch e
77 P81/A1 Input CAM A switch d
78 P82/A2 Input CAM A switch c
79 P83/A3 Input CAM A switch b
80 P84/A4 Input CAM A switch a
81 P85/A5 Input TRAY identification switch a
82 P86/A6 Input TRAY identification switch b
83 P87/A7 Input TRAY identification switch c
84 P40/AD0 Input CAM C switch b
85 P41/AD1 Input CAM C switch a
86 P42/AD2 Output CD LSI chip enable
87 P43/AD3 Output CD LSI clock
88 P44/AD4 Input/Output CD LSI data input/output
89 P45/AD5 Input/Output CD LSI data input/output
90 P46/AD6 Input/Output CD LSI data input/output
91 P47/AD7 Input/Output CD LSI data input/output
92 P50/A8 Output CD LSI reset
93 P51/A9 Output CD LSI RW switching
94 P52/A10 Input CD pickup inner switch input
95 P53/A11 Output Tray motor forward rotation
96 P54/A12 Output Tray motor reverse rotation
97 P55/A13 Output CAM motor forward rotation
98 P56/A14 Output CAM motor reverse rotation
99 P57/A15 Output TAPE REC mute
100 VSS Input Ground potertial connected to VSS

P72/ASCK2/SCK2

Input/Output

Input MD DSCK output

FunctionPort Name

– 98 –

IC702 VHiBU2092F/-1: Output Expander (BU2092F)

Pin No.

1 VSS Input GND
2 DATA Input Serial data input
3 CLOCK Input Serial clock input
4 LCK Input Latch clock input
5 Q0 Output Panel LED
6 Q1 Ourput Stop LED
7 Q2 Output < LED
8 Q3 Output >> LED
9 Q4 Output << LED
10 Q5 Output > I I LED
11 Q6 Output CD 6 LED
12 Q7 Output CD 5 LED
13 Q8 Output CD 4 LED
14 Q9 Output CD 3 LED
15 Q10 Output CD 2 LED
16 Q11 Output CD 1 LED
17 OE Output Output enable
18 VDD Input Power supply

Input/Output

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

FunctionPort Name

IC912 VHiBU2092F/-1: Output Expander (BU2092F)

Pin No.

1 VSS Input GND
2 DATA Input Serial data input
3 CLK Input Serial clock input
4 LCK Input Latch clock input
5 Q0 Output For CD power control
6* Q1 Output Not used
7* Q2 Output Not used
8* Q3 Output Not used
9 Q4 Output Not used
10* Q5 Output Not used
11* Q6 Output Panel control switch
12 Q7 Output Panel control output close
13 Q8 Output Panel control output open
14 Q9 Output Fan motor ON/OFF
15 Q10 Output Not used
16 Q11 Output Not used
17 OE Output Output enable
18 VDD Input Power supply

Input/Output

In this unit, the terminal with asterisk mark (*) is (open) terminal which is not connected to the outside.

FunctionPort Name

– 99 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

ICT21 VHiLC72722/-1: RDS Decorder (LC72722) (For CD-MD3000H Only)

Pin No.

1 VREF Output Reference voltage output (Vdda/2)
2 MPXIN Input Baseband (multiplexed0 signal input
3 VDDA — Analog power supply (+5V)
4 VSSA — Analog ground
5 FLOUT Output Subcarrier output (fulter output)
6 CIN Input Subcarrier input (comparator input)
7 T1 Input Test input (This pin must always be connected to ground.)
8 T2 Input Test input (standby control)

0: Normal operation 1: standby state (crystal oscillator stopped)
9* T3 (RDCL) Input/Output (*) Test I/O (RDS clock output)
10* T4 (RDDA) Input/Output (*) Test I/O (RDS data output)
11* T5 (RSFT) Input/Output (*) Test I/O (soft-decision control data output)
12 XOUT Output Crystal oscillator output (4.332/8.664 MHz)
13 XIN Input Crystal oscillator input (external reference signal input)
14 VDDD — Digital power supply (+5V)
15 VSSD — Digital ground
16* T6 Input/Output (*) Test I/O (error status, regenerated carrier, TP, error block count outputs)

(ERROR/57K/TP/BE1)

17* T7 Input/Output (*) Test I/O (error correction status, SK detection, TA, error block count outputs)

(CORREC/ARI-ID/TA/BE0)
18* SYNC Input/Output (*) Block synchronization detection output
19* RDS-ID Output RDS detection output
20 DO Output Data output
21 CL Input Clock input
22 DI Input Data input Serial data interface (CCB)
23 CE Input Chip enable
24 SYR Input Synchronization and RAM address reset (active high)

In this unit, the terminal with asterisk mark (*) is (open) terminal which is not connected to the outside.
(*): Normaly the output pin. Used as an I/O pin in test mode, which is not available to user applications.

FunctionPort Name Input/Output

Vdda

Vssa

MPXIN

DO

CL

DI

CE

T1
T2

T3 to T7

3

REFERENCE

VOLTAGE

4

ANTIALIASING

2

20
21

22
23

7
8

16,17

9~11,

FILTER

CCB

TEST

VREF FLOUT CIN

156

+
_

VREF

57kHz

BPF

(SCF)

(24 BLOCK DATA)

SMOOTHING

RAM

FILTER

ERROR CORRECTION

(SOFT DECISION)

CLK(4.332MHz)

MEMORY CONTROL

OSC/DIVIDER

13 12

XOUT

XIN

PLL

(57kHz)

CLOCK

RECOVERY

(1187.5Hz)

DATA

DECODER

SYNC/EC CONTROLLER

SYNC

DETECT-1

SYNC

DETECT-2

14

Vddd

15

Vssd

19

RDS-ID

18
24

SYNC
SYR

Figure 100 BLOCK DIAGRAM OF IC

– 100 –